The student completing an educational program in the Cranston Public Schools is an inquisitive, literate, culturally aware, life long learner, with positive self-esteem, who is able to think creatively and to analyze information critically. The student is a resourceful, technologically proficient worker, who contributes to team efforts. As a responsible citizen, the student is an ethical, self-reliant, and socially responsible member of the global community.

PHILOSOPHY OF CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL EAST

Cranston High School East is a comprehensive high school whose major function is to accept each student as he/she is and to afford him/her an appropriate learning situation with maximum opportunity for self-improvement. Cranston High School East provides for individual differences in the curriculum in order to enable students to prepare themselves to seek their varied roles in society. Cranston East provides the essentials of a traditional education steeped in the basic verbal and quantitative disciplines, supplemented by the new dynamics required for a rapidly changing social, economic, and scientific environment. To encourage students towards positive direction to their lives, guidance and personal services promote intellectual, physical, social, and emotional well-being. A further aim of Cranston High School East is to foster good citizenship by combining the knowledge of the American political processes with the opportunity to participate in democratic activities. In pursuing these goals, Cranston High School East maintains a tradition of learning based on mutual respect and rapport which promotes a strong school community.

OBJECTIVES

To challenge the students academically at a level commensurate with their aptitude and goals

To develop skills for all students based upon individual educational and career goals

To provide a comprehensive range of diagnostic services and programs to assess and meet the specific needs of students who require special services

To provide students with programs and facilities that will prepare them to meet the challenges of technological changes

To develop the necessary skills within appropriate environments to foster creative expression

To enable students and parents to meet with counselors for guidance, program selection, referral coordination, counseling, pupil record services, and future educational placement

To provide opportunities to develop physical well-being through compulsory physical education courses, health programs, and interscholastic and intramural sports

To provide opportunities for understanding man and his society through the study of our social, political, economic, and artistic heritage

To develop a sense of civic consciousness through participation in organizations and in student government

To encourage a sense of community through student-faculty interaction involving academics, athletics, and student activities

CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL EAST

Mission Statement
Adopted 3/4/04

The mission of CHSE, a partnership consisting of students, teachers, parents, and community members, is to educate all students in a safe, challenging, and mutually respectful environment, which will enable them to develop and demonstrate proficiency in critical thinking problem solving, and communication skills. The CHSE student and subsequent graduate will utilize these skills to become a respectful and productive contributor to both the school and community.

Adopted 6/1997
Adopted 3/4/02
Revised 11/17/03
Revised 12/10/03
Revised 2/2/04
Adopted 3/4/04
Adopted 1/3/05

It is the aim and objective of Cranston High School East to provide and arrange programs of study to meet the general and specific needs of individual students. This Program of Studies has been prepared to assist and guide the student and parent in selecting those subjects which best meet individual needs, abilities, and interests.

BACK

PHILOSOPHY OF CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL WEST

Cranston High School West, a comprehensive high school, shall extend to all students the opportunity to develop to their fullest capacity. The school is committed to working with students to assist them in their personal growth and in achieving their potential in the area of academics, vocational preparation, social awareness, emotional maturity, personal responsibility, and physical development. The school operates on the belief that these ends are best met when community leaders, parents, faculty, and students work together to facilitate on-going processes and to plan for the future. An earnest endeavor shall be made to help all individuals become responsible citizens able to participate effectively in a democratic society.

Mission Statement
The mission of Cranston High School West is to empower and support all students to become responsible for their learning, to strive to reach their potential, to become a community of diverse learners, to treat others with courtesy and respect, and to become productive members of our society.

Administration:
The Cranston High School West administrative leadership team is committed to fostering a safe, personalized, learning environment that supports quality and creative instructional strategies and a variety of assessment practices that enable our students to demonstrate proficiency in both content and school-wide expectations.

Faculty:
The Cranston High School West Faculty is committed to providing quality instructional programs that foster growth in knowledge of core concepts and develop both higher order thinking skills and problem solving strategies in a personalized environment.

Student:
The Cranston High School West student body is committed to striving for academic excellence by being accountable for its learning, by applying its knowledge to real world situations, by demonstrating proficiency in social and school-wide expectations, and by adhering to approved school policies.

Community:
The Cranston High School West community, as educational partners with administration, faculty, and students, is committed to participating in various school and community groups, by advocating appropriate funding, by encouraging students to be responsible for their choices, and by providing students with site-based learning opportunities.

BACK

GRADUATION REQUIREMENT

For those students entering grade 9 in 2004 and thereafter, units of credits to meet state graduation requirements will be granted for courses taken in grades 9-12 only. This action does not preclude students taking certain courses prior to grade 9. Students should be encouraged to pursue as rigorous a course of study as possible. This action is taken to place Cranston in compliance with the Rhode Island Department of Education’s High School Reform mandates.

Below is a chart that reflects the current course work and high school reform requirements to earn a high school diploma from the Cranston Public Schools. Carnegie Units must be earned in grades 9-12 inclusive - generally over a minimum period of four years or its equivalent in academic time. A Carnegie Unit is earned passing a course that meets a minimum of 200 minutes/week for 36 weeks. At a minimum to earn a high school diploma from the Cranston Public Schools, students must earn the below noted credits:

CHART

GRADUATING CLASSES

2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 AND BEYOND

CONTENT AREA	2008 20 Carnegie Units	2009 21 Carnegie Units	2010 22 Carnegie Units	2011 24 Carnegie Units
English	4 Carnegie Units	4 Carnegie Units	4 Carnegie Units	4 Carnegie Units
Mathematics	4 Carnegie Units (3 Carnegie Units in mathematics classes; 1 Carnegie Unit in a math related content course per state *regulations.)**	4 Carnegie Units (3 Carnegie Units in mathematics classes; 1 Carnegie Unit in a math related content course	4 Carnegie Units (3 Carnegie Units in mathematics classes; 1 Carnegie Unit in a math related content course	4 Carnegie Units (3 Carnegie Units in mathematics classes; 1 Carnegie Unit in a math related content course
Science	2 Carnegie Units	3 Carnegie Units	3 Carnegie Units	3 Carnegie Units
Social Studies	2 Carnegie Units—(One Carnegie Unit must be in US History)	2 Carnegie Units—(One Carnegie Unit must be in US History)	3 Carnegie Units (One Carnegie Unit must be in US History)	3 Carnegie Units (One Carnegie Unit must be in US History)
Physical Education Health	1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Physical Education. 1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Health. Students excused from physical education due to medical reasons must complete the health component of the curriculum.	1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Physical Education. 1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Health. Students excused from physical education due to medical reasons must complete the health component of the curriculum	1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Physical Education. 1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Health. Students excused from physical education due to medical reasons must complete the health component of the curriculum.	1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Physical Education. 1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year in Health. Students excused from physical education due to medical reasons must complete the health component of the curriculum.
Digital Proficiency Portfolio	1 Carnegie Unit--.25 Carnegie Unit each year.	0	0	0
Fine Arts	.5 Carnegie Unit	.5 Carnegie Unit	.5 Carnegie Unit	.5 Carnegie Unit
Computer Technology	.5 Carnegie Unit	.5 Carnegie Unit	.5 Carnegie Unit	.5 Carnegie Unit
Electives	The remaining 4 Carnegie Units should be selected in conjunction with the student’s school counselor and parent/guardian, while considering the student’s goals and personal objectives to meet graduation requirements.	The remaining 5 Carnegie Units should be selected in conjunction with the student’s school counselor and parent/guardian, while considering the student’s goals and personal objectives to meet graduation requirements.	The remaining 5 Carnegie Units should be selected in conjunction with the student’s school counselor and parent/guardian, while considering the student’s goals and personal objectives to meet graduation requirements.	The remaining 7 Carnegie Units should be selected in conjunction with the student’s school counselor and parent/guardian, while considering the student’s goals and personal objectives to meet graduation requirements.
TOTAL MINIMUM CREDITS	20	21	22	24

*Cranston Public Schools will publish a list of acceptable courses from which students may select to meet the 4^th Carnegie Unit in mathematics. This Carnegie Unit will count towards mathematics and cannot be used to meet the minimum graduation requirement in any other content area.

All students must participate in physical education unless specifically excused annually by a physician. All students are annually scheduled for health education.

Students can earn graduation credit only once per course except as specifically noted otherwise in the course description. Courses taken at other schools or colleges, while a registered high school student, must first be approved in writing by the Principal or Director of Guidance if being taken for graduation credit. Without such written approval, courses taken by our students elsewhere while enrolled in high school are treated as “enrichment courses” and do not award graduation credit. This policy also pertains to summer school make-up courses not taken in the Cranston Summer School. BACK

PROFICIENCY-BASED GRADUATION

Commencing with the graduating Class of 2008, ALL students must accomplish the following at the proficiency level to be eligible to receive a Cranston Public Schools high school diploma:

· Earn 20 Carnegie Units in specified content areas (See Above Chart)

· Participation in and completion of end-of-course assessments

· Participation in and completion of the RI Department of Education’s Assessment Program

· Completion of the Proficiency Portfolio Requirements

CHOICE OF PROGRAM

In keeping with the philosophy of the Cranston School Department, you are strongly encouraged to pursue a challenging and meaningful program of studies. This is viewed as the best way to take advantage of the available opportunities at school and to best attain your future goals. This Program of Studies has been developed over a number of years in an attempt to meet students’ needs. All students are required to be enrolled in a full program with a maximum of three courses in any one department. Seniors must pass three major courses, regardless of the number of previous credits.

NOTE: Students with college aspirations should check with their guidance counselors for appropriate course selection. BACK

CHANGES OF PROGRAM

After students complete selecting their courses in January for the following year, a tally is completed to determine which classes will need to be dropped and to determine how many sections of other classes will be needed. This information is then used to develop what is called the Master Schedule. The Master Schedule is designed to have the minimum number of conflicts possible based on total student course selection.

It is important that you carefully select those subjects necessary for the accomplishment of your desired educational and vocational goals since program changes might prove to be impossible after the Master Schedule has been designed. Every effort should be made to select the most appropriate program of studies right from the start.

Summer:

Program changes necessitated by final failure or summer study are the responsibility of the student and should be requested during the summer.

School Year:

It is not school policy to permit a student to drop or change a course for reasons of homework, teacher, location of the classroom, or time of class. You will not be allowed to withdraw from a class for which specific permission was required for enrollment without the approval of the Principal. Senior students who have previously submitted transcripts to colleges will not be permitted to make program reductions or modification without first receiving the endorsement of the college. BACK

If a course is dropped during the last three weeks of the marking period, the student generally will receive a grade in that subject for the marking period. Exceptions are considered with the approval of the Assistant Principal for Student Services and approval of the Principal. Courses dropped after the issuance of first quarter grades will result in a WF or WP for the final grade which becomes a permanent part of the student’s record. A WF is a withdrawal due to Failure and a WP is a withdrawal while Passing. If a course is dropped after the December recess, the student will receive a first semester grade that becomes a permanent part of the student’s record. Thereafter the student will receive a grade of WP or WF. College preparatory students should be aware that colleges do not look favorably upon withdrawal grades unless there is a truly unique and compelling reason. BACK

ATTENDANCE

Students are expected to be in attendance daily and prepared for full participation in the educational process. A school day missed is a school day lost and no amount of make-up can reverse that loss. Unauthorized absences will impact on the grade, the grade point average, the class rank, and even eligibility for some activities. Unauthorized absence, chronic tardiness, and failure to report to assigned classes/study are violations of school regulations and will be dealt with in accordance with the disciplinary handbook. Be sure to review the Cranston Public Schools Attendance Policy No. 5113. BACK

GRADE PLACEMENT

Grade placement is a reflection of credits earned at the end of a school year. It has nothing to do with classes being taken. For example, you may be considered to be a repeating tenth grade student if you have seven (7) credits but you might well be taking English 11.

Grade 9 ... Passing three of the four core subjects offered in Grade 8 - English, Math, Social Studies and Science

Grade 10 5 Carnegie Units by the end of August following grade 9

Grade 11 10 Carnegie Units by the end of August following grade 10

Grade ........... Grade 12 15 Carnegie Units by the end of August following grade 11 and sufficient credits that support program completion that result in a minimum of 20 credits – as of the graduation date in June. BACK

ACCELERATED GRADUATION

Sometimes it is in the best interest of the student to finish high school in less than four years or to combine high school and college during what would be the senior year. If you wish to explore this possibility, make an appointment with the Principal or Assistant Principal for Academic Affairs, preferably very early in semester 5 (That is the start of the junior year). BACK

INDEPENDENT STUDY

Directed independent study may be arranged for qualified students if there is a staff member willing to serve as a mentor at no cost to the school system. If you are interested in such an opportunity, contact the Principal or Assistant Principal for Academic Affairs. BACK

MARKING SYSTEM

REPORT CARDS

Report cards are issued four times a year. The first three report cards must be acknowledged by the parent/guardian of all minor students. Report cards and transcripts may be withheld until the student has fulfilled all school obligations. A cumulative marking system of letter grades is used for the determination of final credit and rank.

ACADEMIC REPORTED DESCRIPTION

AVERAGE GRADE

97-100 A+ Superior

93-96 A Excellent

90-92 A- Outstanding

87-89 B+ Very good

83-86 B Good

80-82 B- Above average

77-79 C+ High average

73-76 C Average

70-72 C- Low average

67-69 D+ Below average

63-66 D Poor

60-62 D- Very poor

50-59 F Failure

00-49 F- Low failure

WP Withdrawal Passing

WF Withdrawal Failure

WM or M Withdrawal Medical

BACK

ACADEMIC PROGRESS REPORTS

The Academic Progress Report is issued at the midpoint of each marking period to reflect your child's academic progress in his/her class. The primary purpose of the Academic Progress Report is to indicate failure, a cumulative drop of two or more grades, or other problems that may have an impact on your child's education. This is viewed as a warning - it is not a mini report card. Failure to receive an Academic Progress Report does not assure a passing grade.

The secondary purpose of the Academic Progress Report is to allow teachers the opportunity to make commendable comments on your child's academic progress. BACK

GRADE POINT AVERAGE

Grade Point Average (GPA) is calculated on the quality points for the grade earned for each course awarding .50 credit or more. Quality points are totaled and then divided by the number of hours for a class. Note that honor grades below C- do not provide any weight. Courses taken in summer school, other schools, or colleges while a registered student will not be included in the calculation of the grade point average. Courses being audited or repeated for a better grade will not be included in the calculation of grade point average. BACK

HONOR ROLL

The GPA as calculated above is used to determine the quarterly honor roll. There are three honor lists.

¨ Highest Honors are awarded to those students who have a marking period grade of A or A+ in all courses awarding .50 credit or more.

¨ High Honors are awarded to those students who have a marking period GPA of 4.00 or higher and no grade below C-

¨ Honors are awarded to those students who have a marking period GPA of at least 3.00 and no grade below C-. BACK

CLASS RANK

The cumulative GPA is first used at the end of the junior year, re-calculated after semester one of the senior year, and finally following graduation. After each calculation the student is assigned a class rank; the student with the highest GPA is the number one student. Students with identical GPA’s have identical class ranks. Once the class rank is determined, it is used on all transcripts until a new rank is determined. BACK

PARENT-SCHOOL CONFERENCES

Parents may request teacher conferences. It is only when there is close cooperation between the home and the school that the educational process can develop smoothly and harmoniously. Conferences can be arranged by calling the Guidance Office several days in advance because teachers are available only at certain times. Students and counselors are not requested to sit in on all parent-teacher conferences, but are certainly available to do so if requested by the teacher, student, or parent. Parents are also invited to arrange for phone conferences with a teacher if a personal conference is not possible. BACK

GUIDANCE SERVICES

Guidance services are provided by experienced certified school counselors. School counselors provide continuous educational assistance to each student to deal with normal educational, personal, social, or vocational concerns. School counselors are responsible for the preparation of all college and employment transcripts. Course selection, program modification, assistance with post-secondary planning, and assistance with referrals to meet special needs are functions best accomplished with the student’s school counselor. The counselor sits as an ad hoc member representing his students at all meetings of the Team of Qualified Professionals, and IEP conferences.

Guidance services have been expanded to include the services of professionally trained and experienced support staff—social worker, substance abuse counselor, psychologist, reading specialist, speech and language therapist, school nurse, and other services upon request or deemed necessary to support student success.

A full time social worker is available in the Guidance Office to address emotional, psychological, social, and environmental issues which may impact learning. Services to selected students and their families include individual and group counseling, special education evaluations, crisis intervention, liaison with the home, knowledge about and referral to appropriate social agencies, consultation and support for staff as needed.

Parents wishing to meet with the counselor should also call for an appointment as counselors usually plan their conferences several days in advance and spontaneous parent meeting might be interrupting time designated for a student. This also provides time for the counselor to obtain teacher reports, particularly if the student is experiencing difficulty.

It is the intent that the student-counselor will remain with the student for the full high school experience. Individual conferences are held periodically during the year but you are encouraged to request an appointment whenever the need arises, whenever there is a question, or just to make yourself known. Since all counselors have a significant caseload, all students cannot be seen immediately and priority does go to the student obviously needing assistance or seeking a meeting. Request forms for this purpose are available in all homerooms and in the Guidance Office. You may also request an appointment with the Assistant Principal for Academic Affairs at any time including the summer. Parents are likewise urged to maintain a close working relationship with the school counselor. BACK

SPECIAL EDUCATION

CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL EAST

The Cranston High School East Special Education Department offers a complete continuum of service for students with special needs. Within the continuum are several programs:

Resource Assistance

Self-Contained Classes

School-To-Work Transition Program

The model consists of three components:

· Individual classroom instruction

· On-campus vocational training options

· Community placements

Community-Referenced Curriculum for Students with Moderate Disabilities

· This community-referenced curriculum is based on the premise that every student, no matter how severe his or her disabilities, is capable of

living, working, and recreating in the community. The program includes the following:

· Structured learning in a variety of settings

· Direct preparation for the activities of daily life

· Social integration

· Home-school collaboration BACK

CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL WEST

The Special Education Department at Cranston High School West offers a variety of services and courses designed for students diagnosed with special needs. The program services a wide variety of students with academic, social, emotional, and behavioral needs. The program continuum consists of resource support services for mainstreamed academic and vocational courses, and self-contained courses in the four major academic areas - English, Math, Science, and Social Studies for grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. Supportive services are also available in the area of speech and language therapy through a speech/language pathologist and Adaptive Physical Education taught by the APR instructor. Group and individual counseling and special supportive homerooms staffed by a school psychologist, school social worker and special education teachers are also available. BACK

EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

The official school record, the Permanent Record Card (PRC), is available for parent or student review upon request. This should be done by appointment with the counselor. This PRC contains demographic information, courses and grades, grade point averages, some test scores. It is the only thing that remains in the school after you graduate or leave school. Obviously it is in your best interest that it be totally accurate.

If a student had a special testing by the school department, the results are maintained in a confidential file. Requests to examine these types of records should be made to the Director of Special Services who will make arrangements for a person to be available to explain the records. Such records never become a part of the student’s school permanent record.

Information gathered by non-school agencies cannot be released by the Cranston School Department. BACK

COLLEGE SELECTION

An important function of the counselor is to assist with college planning. While planning should actually start in grade 8 at the time of course selection for grade 9, serious college selection should start by the middle of the junior year. This is particularly important if you are planning on an “early decision” program which will require college entrance exams to be taken during the spring of the junior year. It is important that you assume the initiative of staying in close contact with the counselor regarding this area of concern.

Assistance in this process is available from several sources but all do require you, as the consumer, to assume responsibility and initiative. After all, college itself requires those traits so the best way to show your readiness for college is to do this in high school. Computer programs that can suggest some possible colleges are available for your use. Handbooks and catalogues are available for your use and many colleges send representatives to the high school to acquaint students with their schools. Access to all these opportunities is available by signing up in Guidance. Participation in the Student Search Service of the several college exams also can be a way of receiving literature from colleges.

Colleges are also anxious that students visit on campus, attend class, and possibly spend a night in a dorm. Students wishing to do this should obtain a Request to be Absent form from the office at least one week in advance of the planned visit. Of course, such college visits must be arranged by appointment with the Admissions Office. College bound students should seriously consider attending the college fair held at the Warwick campus of CCRI, usually held in October. This should be done in both the junior and senior year. BACK

FINANCIAL AID/SCHOLARSHIPS

College is clearly expensive and the reality is that sometimes students must compromise their goals because of the cost factor. However, it is also a fact the financial aid is often more available to the student with an outstanding high school record and to the student who has assumed a leadership role in the school and community. Financial aid is not a birthright and financial aid will not seek out the student. Parents are urged to start financial aid planning as early as grade 7 or as early thereafter as possible.

At the very least, senior students/parents seeking financial aid and/or scholarship information for post-secondary educational purposes should:

1. Obtain and complete the Free Application for Financial Student Aid (FAFSA) form after January 1.

2. Review college catalogs for opportunities offered by the individual colleges.

3. Contact colleges for additional requirements and possibilities.

4. Look for other opportunities in the school bulletin and school website. Listen to school announcements.

5. Adhere to strict deadlines. BACK

COLLEGE ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS

Most four-year colleges and some two-year colleges require some type of entrance examination - although they are not as important a factor in the admissions decision as most students fear. Students in the Northeast usually take the Scholastic Aptitude Test I (SAT I) and students applying to private selective colleges will probably take 3-4 Scholastic Achievement Tests II (SAT II).

Students applying to colleges in the mid-central part of the country may be asked to take the American College Test (ACT). The Guidance Office does maintain a few registration forms for it but the test itself is not administered in Cranston. Following is a suggested schedule but the counselor might well have a different plan to meet individual needs so be certain to stay in touch with the counselor.

While not cast in concrete, the following testing schedule is recommended if the student has taken the recommended course work to support college consideration. BACK

Grade 10 October PSAT

This is the Preliminary SAT. The benefit of 10th grade students taking this test is in the practice, the opportunity to determine weak nesses before taking them again, and to get a sense of how the student, as an individual, compares to other students in grade 10 across the country.

Grade 10 May AP Exam

If the student took European History/Hon, the student might wish to take the corresponding AP exam with the hope that a score of 3, 4, or 5 would award some college credit when the student is enrolled in college. It also enhances the college transcript.

Grade 10 June SAT II

If the student has done very well in biology or European History, the student might wish to take the achievement test (1 hour each) in the belief that taking the test closest to having finished the course will result in the best score. However, most sophomores do not take Achievements.

Grade 11 October PSAT

This time they count because the results are used by some scholarships & special programs including the National Merit Scholarship Qualifying Program.

Grade 11 May SAT I

This is usually the first time the college-bound student will actually take the “college boards.” Most students take it with the idea that it is for practice but if the student is planning on applying to college under early decision, they must have taken the SAT I in either May or June of the junior year. Unfortunately, some students don’t decide to apply early decision until the senior year. If the student has not taken the SAT, the student is not eligible. So, all things considered, all college-bound juniors should take the SAT in either May or June.

Grade 11 May/June AP Exam

See above; the test of choice this year might be American History/U. S. History and/or C++.

Grade 11 June SAT II

Early decision candidates or solid students who will be applying to private and rather selective colleges really should take English, Math I and a third achievement of choice.

Grade 12 Oct/Nov SAT I

To fulfill college entrance requirement.

Grade 12 Nov/Dec SAT II

To fulfill a possible college entrance requirement for a writing sample or other achievements not previously taken.

Grade 12 Jan SAT

Try again if you want but seldom of benefit.

Grade 12 May AP Exams

To gain possible college credit in English, calculus, economics, language, chemistry, physics, or computers. It is not unusual for the student to do better in the junior year. Colleges self report that they will use the best score, regardless of when taken.

Contact your guidance counselor for details on appropriate exams and dates. BACK

RELEASE OF RECORDS

Federal law and school department regulations direct that individual school records cannot be released to any person or organization without the specific written authorization of the parent or adult student unless specifically exempted by law or unless the student has clearly registered in another secondary school. Such authorization shall clearly identify the recipient, the types of information being released, the length of time for which the release is valid, and the general purpose to which the records will be put. In the event that such records are sent out without specific authorization (for example, by court order), the parent or adult student will be so informed. Records to other educational institutions may be released upon request if evidence shows that the student has registered there (unless specifically prevented by the parent); however, every effort will first be made to have parental authorization. Records are not released if there are outstanding financial obligations. Students sending college applications before mid-year grades are available, must submit a stamped addressed envelope for each mid-year report needed at least 10 days prior to the end of the first semester. Students must submit a stamped addressed envelope for final grades to be sent to the college or colleges desired.

Students seeking issuance of transcripts to colleges should be aware of additional requirements in addition to that of written authorization. There is a special form available in the Guidance Office that should be submitted to the guidance secretary at least ten school days in advance of the due date together with a stamped addressed 9" x 12" envelope or envelope provided by the college.

Undergraduate students will be issued transcripts at no cost to the student. Graduate transcript fees are $2.00 per transcript. Requests for fee waivers may be made to the Assistant Principal for Academic Affairs. BACK

MEDICAL ISSUES

MEDICAL PROBLEMS

It is in the student’s best interest if the school counselor and school nurse are kept informed of any medical problems. Information concerning students that require any special consideration, extra passing time, use of the elevator, early dismissal for special transportation, need to take medication before/during school, need for preferential seating, or have the potential for an allergic reaction or seizures is shared as needed with teachers. BACK

IMMUNIZATIONS

It is city and state law that all students must show evidence of having received all required immunizations. Students lacking such evidence will be excluded from school until such validation can be provided. BACK

HOME INSTRUCTION

Students who will be absent from school in excess of thirty (30) continuous school days may be eligible for home instruction for up to five subjects. Parents should contact the counselor upon first becoming aware of the medical problems to permit time for making the necessary referral, contacting the doctor, and obtaining teachers. Unfortunately it is not always possible to find tutors who must be certified teachers. BACK

PREGNANT STUDENTS

Pregnant students may attend school until directed otherwise by the doctor or clinic. Home instruction will then be authorized until the baby is six weeks old; longer if there is a documented medical problem. BACK

ELEVATOR USE

The school elevator is not for student use unless there is a validated mobility concern. In such instances students should see the school nurse for an elevator key. BACK

VOCATIONAL ASSISTANCE

Many students find career possibilities through courses taken in high school. Other students are still seeking a career direction in the senior year. Such students might wish to take a career interest inventory, the ASVAB (Armed Services Vocational Aptitude Battery — available at no cost or military obligation), or arrange to take the General Aptitude Test Battery (GATB) through the RI Department of Employment Security. Students seeking vocational assistance should meet with their school counselor. BACK

MILITARY SERVICE

As students complete the junior year and enter the senior year, they may be approached by military recruiters. If you are not interested, say so. If you continue to be bothered, let your counselor know. The high school provides you, the student, with ample opportunity to obtain military opportunity information but we do not support recruiters calling you at home. We do not release lists of names and addresses, but the military does seem to have a way of getting names. Bottom line, if you are not interested in the military, just say so; if you are interested, get as much information and take as much time as you need before making any written commitment. Above all, do not agree to any military service commitment without a written “contract” from the recruiter as to what you will get if you enlist. Contact your Principal if you have any questions. BACK

SELECTIVE SERVICE REGISTRATION

All males, within 30 days of their 18th birthday, must register with the selective service. This may be done by obtaining a form at any post office or the Guidance Office at your high school. Failure to do so can deprive you of any scholarship aid provided by colleges in addition to other penalties. BACK

ELIGIBILITY

Students must be cumulatively passing a minimum of 60 percent of their subjects to participate in all elected positions, athletics, cheerleading, and majorettes. Students who are on an early release program for employment purposes must be passing a minimum of 60 percent of their courses and be in no danger of not graduating because of failing required courses or being short of credits. BACK

TRANSFER CREDITS

Students entering Cranston East or Cranston West for the first time should have an academic record. This record is used for class placement and for determining the student’s credits earned to-date. If the official record from the sending school does not clearly show course credit, the credit awarded will be awarded in accordance with the receiving high school’s schedule. For example, physical education would award .25 credit, one semester courses would award .50 credit, etc. The same procedure will be followed for the determination of the grade point average.

In the absence of records, the student who has documented proof of having completed grade 8 will be considered as having no credits and will be placed in grade 9.

Often students entering from schools in foreign lands have records that do not convert to a Carnegie credit system. When conversion is not possible, credit will be awarded based upon a formula awarding up to 8 credits/year for a perfect record (all courses passed) with no previous GPA reported.

Students transferring from accredited schools using a non-Carnegie system will have the credits converted to the Carnegie system and the GPA calculated accordingly. Students transferring from non-accredited schools may not receive graduation credit unless the curriculum content clearly aligns with that at this high school. This would be determined by either an examination of the curriculum and texts by the department chairs or by the student showing content mastery on a department made examination. For purpose of transfer, an accredited school is one that has been approved by the state department of education in which the school is located to award the high school diploma.

Non-secular religion courses and driver education courses are not accepted as credits towards a Cranston Public Schools High School diploma although they will be reported as a part of the student’s record. BACK

HONOR SOCIETIES

Membership in the National Honor Society is first determined following semester one of the junior year. Students must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50 and have the endorsement of a screening committee that will take into account such factors as character, leadership, and service. In other words, scholarship alone is not the determining factor. Membership is reviewed again following semester one of the senior year.

Membership in other honor societies is determined by the code of the group. Membership in the:

Rhode Island Honor Society is determined following semester one of the senior year. Senior students must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.30 and have the endorsement of a screening committee.

The Presidential Academic Excellence Award is determined following semester one of the senior year. Senior students must have a minimum GPA of 3.50, with no failing grades, and have the endorsement of a screening committee.

The Presidential Academic Effort Award is a special award recognizing outstanding effort by students who did not qualify for the above awards. BACK

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

Course descriptions on the following pages arranged in numerical order, organized by department and have been provided by the teacher, department chairperson or program supervisor.

1. All courses are open to all students except as limited by logical prerequisites or noted as a part of the course description.

2. Unless otherwise noted, all courses grant one Carnegie graduation credit, meet for the full year, and assume out of-class preparation (homework).

3. Failure in a sequential course and not made up by August will prevent continuation in that area. Exceptions are health and physical education.

4. Students enrolling in courses in opposition to the recorded recommendation of the department chairperson and/or counselor may not be dropped from that course after October 1 without the specific permission of the Assistant Principal for Academic Affairs or the Principal.

5. Students withdrawn from courses for reasons of behavior, with permission from the Principal, after being given the opportunity for a hearing, will receive a Withdrawal.

The secondary English program uses an integrated approach to the teaching of English language arts skills. Students are instructed in the areas of reading, writing, speaking and listening. Instruction is geared to student proficiency and stresses creativity and individual initiative.

GRADE SPAN EXPECTATIONS

Rhode Island has developed frameworks and guides that identify grade span expectation upon which districts develop curricula for their schools. The content standards define what students need to know and be able to do. Learning consists of developing foundation skills upon which students continue to build. Acquiring some of these skills may require more than one year.

The state assessment program, closely linked to the state frameworks, requires state testing of all public school students in designated grades in English language arts, mathematics, science and health. School districts use the results of these tests to see how their students are performing according to the state performance standards and to assist schools develop strategies to close low performance gaps. All three of these deeply interconnected foundations of education reform -- standards, instruction, and student assessment -- are essential to meet our state and national goals. For additional information you may access www.rideo.gov.

BACK

ENGLISH

001 ENGLISH 9 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the grade eight

English curriculum

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14; OC 1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course is designed for motivated students who have demonstrated exceptional ability in English. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and work requirements exceed other grade nine English classes. Requirements include assignments based on a summer reading list and extensive quarterly independent readings. Literary genres including poetry, non-fiction, fiction and drama will be explored extensively in class. The literature will be analyzed for its relevance to life today, and discussions will focus on the connection between the past and the present. An intensive writing program geared towards literary analysis in preparation for the research paper required in 10 honors will be undertaken. Grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as necessary, and vocabulary-building units will be included.

002 ENGLISH 9

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of

the grade eight English curriculum

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14; OC 1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course is designed for motivated students who enjoy reading and analyzing texts. Students are exposed to world literature including fiction, non-fiction, poetry and drama. In addition to in-depth literary discussions conducted in class, independent quarterly reading assignments are required.

Students are involved in an intensive writing program that includes all forms of essay writing including the analytical literary response which helps develop students’ higher order thinking skills and also fosters discovery of connections between students’ lives and the literature. Vocabulary building continues, and grammar and mechanics are reviewed as necessary.

003 ENGLISH 9

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both emerging and beginning performance in New Standards

E1,2,4; GSE’s R4-8, R11-16, W7-10

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17;W1-14; OC 1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course is designed to help students improve their reading, writing, speaking and listening skills. Instruction focuses upon reading comprehension and analysis of a variety of genres including fiction, non-fiction, poetry and drama, and selections are geared toward student interest. Independent readings are required on a quarterly basis. The writing process is stressed to improve both clarity of writing and proficiency with writing mechanics. Individual and group presentations are included to help students with their speaking and listening skills.

010 ENGLISH 10 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the grade nine

English curriculum

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14; OC 1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course has been designed for extremely motivated English students who have demonstrated exemplary performance in English 9. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and work requirements exceed other grade 10 English classes. Students at this level should enjoy challenging reading and writing assignments and should be adept at critically analyzing literature. This course is reading intensive with a stress on poetry, fiction, non-fiction and drama. In addition to an in-depth summer reading project, extensive independent readings are required. Furthermore, the intensive writing program includes a required persuasive literary research paper. The student’s mastery of grammar and mechanics is expected at this level. Vocabulary building will be stressed in preparation for the PSAT’s.

011 ENGLISH 10

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of

the grade nine English curriculum

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14; OC 1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

World literature including fiction, non-fiction, poetry and drama continue as the major focus of the course. To prepare for the research paper required in eleventh grade college preparatory English, research skills are refined. In addition to in-depth literary discussions conducted in class, quarterly independent reading assignments are required. The intensive writing program begun in ninth grade continues as the analytical literary response is stressed in order to develop students’ higher order thinking skills. Grammar and mechanics are taught in the context of the students’ writing, and vocabulary building continues.

012 WORLD LITERATURE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on a student’s demonstration of both proficient and beginning performance in varied aspects

of the grade nine English curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14; OC 1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course has been designed for students who enjoy a challenging learning experience but who would like to strengthen their reading and writing skills. While it will include a strong emphasis on world literature, technical reading and writing geared toward a topic of student’s interest will also be stressed. Computer literacy will be emphasized as well. A review of writing mechanics will be included, and the editing and revising process will be used extensively. An in-depth research project will be required.

013 ENGLISH 10

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both emerging and beginning performance in New Standards E1,2,4; GSE’s R4-8, R11-16, W7-10

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

Communication skills and analytical thinking are stressed in this course. The reading program employs strategies designed to enhance comprehension needed for success in both English classes and other school subjects. Quarterly independent readings will be required. The writing component focuses upon organization of ideas to help with clarity in both writing and speaking. Competency with grammar, mechanics, and vocabulary will also be stressed.

To reinforce student motivation, the reading materials will be geared toward students’ interests and include fiction, non-fiction, drama, and poetry.

020 ENGLISH 11 HONORS

Length of course: ONE YEAR

Credit: 1 CREDIT

Grade Placement: 11

Prerequisite: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the grade ten

English curriculum

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This American literature survey course targets extremely motivated students. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and work requirements exceed other grade 11 English classes. Students must enjoy challenging reading and writing assignments and feel comfortable working independently. In addition to an in-depth summer reading assignment, extensive independent readings are required.

The 11 Honors student must be adept at critically analyzing both fiction and non-fiction materials dating from the colonial period of American history to the present. It is expected that students at this level must be able to complete both informational and analytical research papers. Mastery of grammar and mechanics is expected. In addition, vocabulary building will be stressed.

021 ENGLISH 11

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of

the grade ten English curriculum

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

American literature is the basis of this survey course. Various genres are studied to enhance students’ understanding and appreciation of the ways in which the American literary experience was influenced by American history. The readings are grade 11 in ability and in scope and sequence and are directed towards the enhancement of critical thinking skills. At this level, students are expected to be competent writers who can produce clear, high- level responses to the various texts read and analyzed over the course of the year. A literary research paper in which students demonstrate their ability to analyze literature and synthesize information is required. Grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as needed, and vocabulary building will continue.

022 AMERICAN LITERATURE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on a student’s demonstration of both proficient and beginning performance in varied aspects

of the grade ten English curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This is the second year of a course designed to build strong reading and writing skills for those students who enjoy the study of literature. Both American literature and technical documents will be used to develop critical reading and writing ability. Development of computer literacy will continue, and interpersonal skills and workplace readiness will be addressed. Vocabulary building will be included as well as a review of writing mechanics as needed. The editing and revising of written work will be stressed. An informational research paper focuses around a topic of student interest will be required.

023 ENGLISH 11

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both emerging and beginning performance in New Standards

E1,2,4; GSE’s R4-8, R11-16, W7-10

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

Students will study American literature with specific attention to a survey of fiction, non-fiction, poetry and drama. An emphasis will be placed on critical reading and writing development. Reading strategies will be employed, and high-interest reading material will also be included. Quarterly independent readings will be required. The writing component will continue to focus upon organization of ideas, and grammar, mechanics, and vocabulary will continue to be stressed.

029 English 12 (AP English Literature and Composition)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the grade eleven

English curriculum and honors level course experience

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course focuses upon preparing students for the AP English Literature and Composition Exam. It is designed for the truly motivated student of proven performance and ability and carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank. The teacher serves as discussion leader, questioner, and critic who will help the student assume responsibility for his/her own learning. The student must be self-motivated since many of the readings are done independently.

The content is based upon a survey of British literature including drama, poetry, fiction and non-fiction.. An intensive summer reading project is required, and coursework includes both in-depth research papers and projects. At this level, it is assumed that students are both accomplished readers and writers who enjoy and excel at literary analysis.

030 ENGLISH 12 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Prerequisite: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the

grade eleven English curriculum and honors level course experience

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This final year of honors English will focus upon British literature from the Anglo-Saxon period to the present. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and work requirements exceed other grade 12 English classes including an in-depth summer reading assignment. By this time in their academic careers, students should be expert at analyzing both fiction and non-fiction works and responding to both in high-level critical papers. Short research papers will be an integral part of the curriculum. It will also be expected that students work independently in pursuit of their English education and be prepared to lead class discussions that revolve around their discoveries.

031 ENGLISH 12

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of

the grade eleven English curriculum

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period through the present time is the basis of this survey course that includes fiction, non-fiction, poetry and drama. Students at this level are expected to have the skill to comprehend high level reading materials and to be competent writers who can produce clear, high-level critical responses to the texts studied throughout the year. Students will be required to produce an in-depth literary research paper that demonstrates their mastery of the research skills taught during the previous year as well as their ability to analyze literature and synthesize information. Independent readings will be assigned quarterly. Vocabulary building will continue, and grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as needed.

032 BRITISH LITERATURE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on a student’s demonstration of both proficient and beginning performance in varied aspects

of the grade eleven English curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This is the third year of a sequential course. Critical reading and responses will focus around British literature including poetry and nonfiction, and the writing process will be stressed. Technical and functional reading and writing will continue. These will include units on both report writing and memo writing. Use of the Internet as an informational tool will be emphasized and will culminate in a required research project that will include both an informational research paper and a classroom presentation. Students will also practice proper interviewing techniques.

033 ENGLISH 12

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both emerging and beginning performance in New Standards

E1,2,4; GSE’s R4-8, R11-16, W7-10

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

Students will study literature with specific attention to the development of English literature from the Anglo-Saxon period to the present including fiction, non-fiction, poetry and drama. High-interest contemporary British works will also be included, and quarterly independent readings will be required. Development of both critical thinking and writing will be stressed. Units on job readiness and problem solving will be included.

ELECTIVES

041 MEDIA STUDIES 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary or proficient performance in ELA Standards E2a;

E3b; E3d,c; E4a,b; E6, E7

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

Journalism Ed. Association Standards 1-15

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course explores the effect of the mass media on society and the individual and traces the development and impact of emergent technologies, foundation theories, and traditional concepts. The Media Studies course surveys the history and possible future of mass media, including newspaper, magazines, television, radio, film, advertising, the recording industry, and the Internet. Students will learn how advertising dollars are crucial for the survival of mass media entities, and as part of this lesson, they will be required to sell ads and design/create advertising units. This course encourages students to expand their repertoire of language skills and strategies with the goal of teaching students how to become critical listeners, readers and viewers, as well as effective users of the media available to them.

042 MEDIA STUDIES II

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on exemplary or proficient performance in Media Studies I

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

Journalism Ed. Association Standards 1-15

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

Media Studies II focuses on application of theory and skills learned in Media Studies I, and includes guest speakers in the media profession, honing of career skills, and mastery of theory as it applies to practice. Students will collaborate to create both short and long- term projects that afford them the opportunity to explore all the elements that comprise the modern media.

043 MEDIA STUDIES III

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on exemplary or proficient performance in Media Studies II

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

Journalism Ed. Association Standards 1-15

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This is the last in the Media Studies Course series. It is geared towards those students whose performance in both Media Studies I and II was exceptional and who may wish to pursue a career in the media. Students will be asked to produce in-depth projects that demonstrate their mastery, and they will work with mentors in either public relations/advertising, broadcast or journalism.

045S WRITING TO INFORM AND EXPLAIN

046S CREATIVE WRITING H

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on exemplary performance in ELA standards: E1, 2, 4, 5

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

English 12 Writing to Inform and Explain (URI Writing 104) is an elective writing course that offers students the opportunity to earn simultaneously one semester of college preparatory credit and three hours of college credit from the University of Rhode Island. This freshman course focuses upon writing emphasizing the sharing of information and the varieties and strategies of expository writing for differing audiences and situations. The three college credits are often, but not guaranteed, transferable to other colleges and universities. A small fee is charged to cover the cost of URI registration and the textbook. Second semester is an in-depth, intensified creative writing component.

051 INTRODUCTION TO THEATER

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-11

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R2-17; W1-14: O C1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

Introduction to Theater provides students with a wide range of experiences leading to a better understanding of drama from the perspective of both the spectator and the artist. Students will study famous plays exemplifying several types of drama and special production techniques. Members of the class will practice dramatic reading, basic blocking and staging techniques, and discuss scenery, make-up, and costuming. Students will also be expected to attend live theater performances as field trips or weekend activities.

052 ADVANCED THEATER

052H ADVANCED THEATER

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on exemplary or proficient performance in 051, Intro to Theater

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R4-6, 7-8,16; W1-10, W11,14; OC1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course is designed for students who are considering more specialized study in some particular area of theater. Students will participate in projects, research discussions and special activities. Theater history will be included. A considerable amount of reading and writing will be required.

Students who demonstrated exemplary performance in all aspects of Introduction to Theater, may choose to enroll in 052H. Extra, in-depth work is required including attendance at out-of-school theater productions and critiques of those productions.

053 ACTING-DIRECTING 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on exemplary or proficient performance in 051, Intro to Theater

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R4-6, 7-8,16; W1-10, W11,14; OC1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course provides students with a continuation of the introductory course with a particular focus on performing and directing. Intensified training in physical movement, vocal expression, and basic acting techniques are stressed. Students will practice a variety of theatrical styles and ensemble theater work.

054 ACTING-DIRECTING 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on exemplary or proficient performance in 053, Acting-Directing 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

R4-6, 7-8,16; W1-10, W11,14; OC1 & 2

A1a; A1c; A2a &c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,3,4

This course offers second year study for additional credit at the discretion of the teacher.

055S THEATER PRODUCTION 1

SET DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: INTRODUCTION TO THEATER AND/OR INTRODUCTION TO WOOODWORKING OR BASIC WOODWORKING

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

ELA 1-5

National Standards for Theater Arts 3,5,6,7,8

Technology Education

1,2,3,6

R2-6,11-14,16-17; W1-3, 9-11, 14; OC 1,2

A1a,c; A3a; A4a,b,c; A5a,c

1,2,3,4

This course focuses upon the development and construction of theater sets. However, it will not be limited exclusively to building. Rather, students will read and study the work being produced during the semester under the direction of the theater instructor. The industrial technology instructor will then guide them in the development and construction of sets needed for the production. The work students produce both individually and in groups will be the basis for their final evaluation.

055S THEATER PRODUCTION 2

SET DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: Student demonstrated an exemplary performance in Theater Production 1.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

ELA 1-5

National Standards for Theater Arts 3,5,6,7,8

Technology Education

1,2,3,6

R2-6,11-14,16-17; W1-3, 9-11, 14; OC 1,2

A1a,c; A3a; A4a,b,c; A5a,c

1,2,3,4

Students demonstrating an exemplary performance in 055S Theater Production 1 will be assigned to work with both Theater Production O55S students and elementary school students who are in the process of producing plays. They will instruct the students in the ways theater sets are developed and produced. This real world experience will particularly benefit those individuals planning to work in either theater or construction after their education is complete.

057M PUBLIC SPEAKING

057S PUBLIC SPEAKING

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER (057S)

ONE YEAR MINOR (057M)

CREDIT: .5 UNIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

ELA 1-7

R2-8; R11-16; W1, W4-13; OC1 & 2

A1a,c; A3a; A4a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This course provides a practical, non-threatening atmosphere for the student to develop speech writing and delivery using informative and persuasive formats. Extemporaneous, impromptu, and manuscript modes are utilized. Proper use of visual aids is stressed and developed. Emphasis is placed on individual style and includes much “hands-on” individualized student-teacher work.

060S THEATER PRODUCTION - COSTUME DESIGN

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: INTRODUCTION TO THEATER AND/OR INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

ELA 1-5

Theater Arts 3,5,8

Family & Consumer Sciences 8.0, 2, 3, 4

R2-8; R11-16; W1, W4-13; OC1 & 2

A1a,c; A3a; A4a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This course focuses upon the textile aspects of theater production including the elements of costume design and creation. Students will study the work being produced during the semester under the direction of the theater instructor. The family and consumer science instructor will then guide them in the creation of costumes needed for the production. The work students produce both individually and in groups will be the basis for their final evaluation.

062S THEATER PRODUCTION – COSTUME DESIGN II

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THEATER PRODUCTION – COSTUME DESIGN I

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

ELA 1-5

Theater Arts 3,5,8

Family & Consumer Sciences 8.0, 2, 3, 4

R2-8; R11-16; W1, W4-13; OC1 & 2

A1a,c; A3a; A4a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

061S THEATER PRODUCTION – SET DESIGN

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: INTRODUCTION TO THEATER AND/OR ART AND DESIGN APPLICATION OR BASIC ART AND DESIGN

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

ELA 1-5

Theater Arts 3,5,8

Art Education 1-5

R2-6,11-14,16-17; W1-3, 9-11, 14; OC 1,2

A1a,c; A3a; A4a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This course focuses upon the artistic aspects of theater production. Elements of scenic design will be explored and applied to the theater production scheduled for the semester. Students will study the work being produced under the direction of the theater instructor. The art instructor will then help them design the prop/stage layouts, build the models, and complete the final backdrops. The work students produce both individually and in groups will be the basis for their final evaluation.

063S THEATER PRODUCTION – SET DESIGN II

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: SUCCESSFUL COMPLETIION OF THEATER PRODUCTION – SET DESIGN I

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

ELA 1-5

Theater Arts 3,5,8

Art Education 1-5

R2-6,11-14,16-17; W1-3, 9-11, 14; OC 1,2

A1a,c; A3a; A4a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

In this advanced course, students are allowed the opportunity to apply the knowledge of the elements of set design and set creation that they gleaned through their participation in Set Design I. They will be afforded a greater opportunity to broaden their liberal arts background through the increased study of different historical and cultural perspectives which are essential in the theatrical design process. This advanced course would also increase the students’ opportunity to enhance their role in their own learning, and through the repeated and guided practice afforded students, they will be able to develop autonomy in their creative abilities and skills.

070S IMAGINATIVE/CREATIVE WRITING

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-5

R2-6 ,12,14,16,17; OC1-2; W1-5, 9-14

A1c, A4a,b,c

1,2,4

Students interested in creative writing will practice composing a variety of genres including short poems and short stories. The use of journal writing to reflect on their work and the improvement they see in their writing skills will become an integral part of the course. Peer editing will also be included. Students will have the opportunity to read their original stories/poetry to the large group; thus, their presentation skills will be sharpened.

075 TIMELY JOURNEYS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of grade level proficiency in reading and writing.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-5

R2-17; W1-5, 11, 14; OC1 & 2

A1a, A1C; A2a, A2C; A4A, A4c, A5a

1,2,4

Students will utilize both literature and film to examine the concept of time including the possibility of time travel and the question of whether time is unchangeable and irreversible. The course is geared towards the student who enjoys reading and writing and who is interested in exploring both the internal and external dimensions of time. A summative journal (musings on time) is assigned as well as several short creative papers and projects.

ENHANCEMENT PROGRAMS

080 STUDY SKILLS-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1a, E2, E3a, E4a,b

R2, 3, 12, 17; W1-11, 14; OC1

A1c, A4a,b,c

1, 2, 4

The primary goal of the course is to teach students how to make learning easier by equipping them with strategies that will ensure greater success in school and the workplace. Organization, time-management, note-taking, and test-taking strategies are a few of the many topics covered. In addition, writing skills are stressed.

081 STUDY SKILLS-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 UNITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1a, E2, E3a, E4a,b

R2, 3, 12, 17; W1-11, 14; OC1

A1c, A4a,b,c

1, 2, 4

The primary goal of the ninth grade study skills program is to teach students how to make learning easier by equipping them with strategies that will ensure a greater deal of success in school and the workplace. Topics like organization, time management, note taking, and test taking strategies are a few of the many units covered. In addition, this course teaches good writing skills, which will enable the student to become a more proficient communicator. The skills taught in this course will be carried over to and complemented by similar work in all content area classes.

084 MATHEMATICS STUDY SKILLS-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a-d, M2j, M2k, M2n,M2o,M3a,M3b,M3k,M3l,M3o,

M4a-c,M4e,M4f,M5,M6a-g,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,5,6

A1c,A2b,A2c,A3b

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course will assist all sophomores in developing the skills necessary to complete a math performance task to standard. Students will be asked to think creatively, to analyze information critically, to solve mathematical problems, to work together collaboratively, and to communicate mathematical ideas effectively. The areas of emphasis will vary depending upon the needs of the students. Included in the topics will be performance assessment, graphs, probability, odds and statistics, ratio and proportion, percent, formulas, counting problems, number concepts, sequences, patterns, geometry, and logic.

085M WRITING LAB 1

085S WRITING LAB 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-10

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1a, E2, E3a, E4a,b

R2, 3, 12, 17; W1-11, 14; OC1

A1c, A4a,b,c

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for motivated students who wish to improve their analytical thinking and writing skills. It begins with a review of basic writing and editing skills such as sentence and paragraph construction and revising. The focus then shifts to analytical thinking and writing based on a series of fiction and non-fiction readings.

086M WRITING LAB II

086S WRITING LAB II

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1, E2, E4, E5a

R2-17; W1-14; OC1

A1c, A4a,b,c

1, 2, 4

This is the second year of Writing Lab. It focuses on analytical thinking and writing based on prose; however, the focus of the course is the production of thoughtful, well-written, well-documented essays and papers including narrative, persuasive, and those that are research based.

087M MATHEMATICS STUDY SKILLS-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3PERIODS/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT 10

PREREQUISITES: DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a-d, M2j, M2k, M2n,M2o,M3a,M3b,M3k,M3l,M3o,

M4a-c,M4e,M4f,M5,M6a-g,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,5,6

A1c,A2b,A2c,A3b

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course will assist students in developing the skills necessary to complete a math performance task to standard. Students will be asked to think creatively, to analyze information critically, to solve mathematical problems, to work together collaboratively, and to communicate mathematical ideas effectively. The areas of emphasis will vary depending upon the needs of the students. Included in the topics will be performance assessment, graphs, probability, odds and statistics, ratio and proportion, percent, formulas, counting problems, number concepts, sequences, patterns, geometry, and logic.

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

ESL

ENGLISH-AS-A-SECOND LANGUAGE

060 LANGUAGE ARTS ESL LEVEL 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a course for entering English as a Second Language students. Students are introduced to various forms of writing as well as practice in grammar and vocabulary. The course develops and reinforces school and life survival skills. Emphasis is also placed on higher order thinking skills. It focuses on the four language components of speaking, listening, reading and writing.

061 LANGUAGE ARTS ESL LEVEL 2-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a course for beginning English as a Second Language students. Students are introduced to various forms of writing as well as practice in grammar and vocabulary. The course develops and reinforces school and life survival skills. Emphasis is also placed on higher order thinking skills. It focuses on the four language components of speaking, listening, reading and writing.

062 LANGUAGE ARTS ESL LEVEL 3-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a course for developing English as a Second Language students. Students are introduced to various forms of writing as well as practice in grammar and vocabulary. This course focused on the four language components of speaking, listening, reading and writing to promote literacy while student acquires second language skills.

063 READING ESL LEVEL 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a course for limited English proficient students at the entering level. The course will develop students’ vocabulary as well as improve their reading, writing, speaking and listening skills. In addition, students will develop and refine their critical and analytical thinking skills.

064 READING ESL LEVEL 2-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a course for limited English proficient students at the beginning level. The course will develop students’ vocabulary as well as improve their reading, writing, speaking and listening skills. In addition, students will develop and refine their critical and analytical thinking skills.

065 READING ESL LEVEL 3-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a course designed for limited English proficient students at the developing level. The course will expand students’ vocabulary, as well as improve their reading, writing, speaking and listening skills. Students will review standard grammar and improve their writing skills.

066 GRAMMAR ESL LEVEL 3-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a course for expanding limited English proficient students. In this course, students receive intensive instruction that will refine their grammatical skills so they may exhibit growth and sophistication in their style and command of the language. The course covers the eight parts of speech, the various types of phrases and clauses, all of the verb tenses, subject-verb agreement, and correct usage and mechanics in writing.

067 ADVANCED ENGLISH ESL LEVEL 4-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This is a transitional English course for the bridging limited English proficient student. This course is meant to serve as a prerequisite to the mainstream English classes. The students will expand and enrich their vocabularies and review standard English grammar. Through the use of the short story genre, the students will study, in depth, selected works by American authors so the students may gain an appreciation for American literature. In addition, assignments will be designed so students will exhibit their critical and analytical thinking skills.

068 ESL SKILLS-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1-7

WIDA English Language Proficiency Standards for ELLs

1-5

R 2-8; R-11-16; OC1 & 2, W-1; W 4-13

A1a; Alc; A2 a & c; A3a & c; A4 a,b,c; A5a

1,2,4

This course offers additional support for ELL students in listening, speaking, reading, and writing in the content areas.

SOCIAL STUDIES

101S AMERICAN CIVIL LAW

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11, 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: V, VI ,X

C/G: 1-3

ELA: 1,2,3

1, 2, 6

1-5

1, 2, 4, 6

This survey course is designed to acquaint students with their rights and responsibilities as citizens as they reach 18, the age of majority. This course examines the interaction of legality, morality and ethics through the nature of law, the court system, tort law, consumer law, and landlord-tenant law. With a focus on study skills, students learn communications skills and develop higher level thinking skills in working with case law analysis, role plays and mock trials.

102S AMERICAN CIVIL LAW

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11, 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 5,6,10

C/G: 1-3

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16; W 3,6,7,8,10; OC 1,2

1,2,6

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This survey course is designed to acquaint students with their rights and responsibilities as citizens as they reach 18, the age of majority. This course examines the interaction of legality, morality and ethics through the nature of law, the court system, tort law, consumer law, and landlord-tenant law. Students improve communications skills, higher level thinking skills as they engage in the analysis of case law, role-playing and mock trials.

103S AMERICAN CRIMINAL LAW

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11, 12

PREREQUISITE: AMERICAN CIVIL LAW OR DEPARTMENTAL PERMISSION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: V, VI ,X

C/G: 1-3

ELA: 1,2,3

1, 2, 6

R 4-8, 16

W 3,6,7,8,10

OC 1,2

1-5

1, 2, 4, 6

This survey course is designed to acquaint students with the rights and responsibilities of citizens under the criminal justice system. The course examines our Constitutional rights, the criminal court system, juvenile justice, crime and corrections. Students will improve study skills, communications skills and develop higher level thinking skills in working with case law, role-playing and mock trials.

104S AMERICAN CRIMINAL LAW

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11, 12

PREREQUISITE: AMERICAN CIVIL LAW OR DEPARTMENTAL PERMISSION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 5,6,10

C/G 1-3

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16;

W 3,6,7,8,10;

OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This survey course is designed to acquaint students with the rights and responsibilities of citizens under the criminal justice system. The course examines our Constitutional rights, the criminal court system, juvenile justice, crime, and corrections. Students learn communications skills and improve thinking skills as they examine case law, are participants in role-plays and conduct mock trials.

105S AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (HONORS) / EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: HONORS PLACEMENT/RECOMMENDATION OF UNITED STATES HISTORY TEACHER

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

5, 6, 10

CIVICS/GOV’T. 1-3

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16; W 3,6,7,8,10; OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course analyzes the major institutions of American society, how they operate independently and interdependently and the effect they have on American society. Development of writing and research skills is an integral component of the course because it is presented at a college level of instruction. Students have the option of receiving three undergraduate credits from Rhode Island College through the Early Enrollment Program. These credits will transfer to any college that accepts credits from Rhode Island College.

106S AMERICAN GOVERNMENT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES : 5,6,10; C/G 1-3

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16; W 3,6,7,8,10; OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

Students will explore and analyze the major political institutions of American society. Students will examine the foundations of American government, political behavior, mass media and public opinion, interest groups, civil liberties, and civil rights. Students will learn communication skills as well as other higher level thinking skills.

107S ANTHROPOLOGY (HONORS)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11,12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2

CIVICS/GOV.T. 1-3

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16; W 3,6,7,8,10; OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will survey some of the salient features of physical anthropology in detail and concentrate on the more relevant aspects of human cultural development. The student will gain important insight into the concept that humans, in all of their diverse behaviors and drives, are alike in more ways than they are different.

108S ANTHROPOLOGY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11, 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2

CIVICS/GOV.T. 1-3

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16; W 3,6,7,8,10; OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will survey some of the salient features of physical anthropology and concentrate on the more relevant aspects of human cultural development. The student will gain important insight into the concept that humans, in all of their diverse behaviors and drives, are alike in more ways than they are different.

109S ARCHAEOLOGY (HONORS)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: ANTHROPOLOGY

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16; W 3,6,7,8,10; OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will survey in detail some of the salient features of archaeology and concentrate on the cultures-in-conflict aspect of the developments of ancient civilizations. Based upon availability, students will study on site as they are actively involved in the fundamentals of an archaeological dig.

110S ARCHAEOLOGY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11, 12

PREREQUISITE: ANTHROPOLOGY

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16; W 3,6,7,8,10; OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will survey some of the salient features of archaeology and concentrate on the cultures-in-conflict aspect of the developments of ancient civilizations. Based upon availability, students will study on site as they are actively involved in the fundamentals of an archaeological dig.

111S CONSUMER ECONOMICS (HONORS) /EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .05 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: HONORS PLACEMENT/RECOMMENDATION OF UNITED STATES HISTORY TEACHER

*This course can count for .5 credits towards the 4^th applied mathematics credit when not allocated towards the social studies requirement.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 7

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the roles of worker, consumer and citizen that will be required after graduation. The course includes topics in basic economic principles, career planning, consumer issues, and consumer rights and responsibilities. The course will help students improve their communication and study skills.

112S ECONOMICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION OR DEPARTMENTAL PERMISSION

*This course can count for .5 credits towards the 4^th applied mathematics credit when not allocated towards the social studies requirement.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 7

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will provide the students with an analysis of the major principles of modern economics with a particular emphasis on macroeconomics topics. The course highlights the major debates over economic systems, resource allocation and utilization and government stabilization policies. Students in the Honors section will have the option of receiving three undergraduate credits from Rhode Island College through the Early Enrollment Program and these credits will transfer to any other college that accepts credits from Rhode Island College.

113S ECONOMICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION OR DEPARTMENTAL PERMISSION

*This course can count for .5 credits towards the 4^th applied mathematics credit when not allocated towards the social studies requirement.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 7

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course provides students with user-friendly understanding of the basic principles and issues of economics. Participating in this class will empower students with skills to help them make intelligent decisions in their public and private lives. Issues such as supply, demand, scarcity, opportunity costs, markets, unemployment and inflation will be discussed.

114S CONTEMPORARY AFFAIRS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 10

PREREQUISITE: THIS COURSE MAY BE TAKEN AS AN ADDITIONAL SOCIAL STUDIES COURSE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES:1-10

ELA: 1,2,3

1, 2, 6

1-5

1, 2, 4, 6

This course will allow students to become knowledgeable about the affairs of their state, country, and world in the present time period. This awareness of current affairs will be gained through the reading of the newspaper every day. The students will discuss events that have local, state, national, and world significance and prepare reports about them. By emphasizing study skills, students will learn communications skills and develop higher level thinking skills.

115S CONTEMPORARY AFFAIRS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 10

PREREQUISITE: THIS COURSE MAY BE TAKEN AS AN ADDITIONAL SOCIAL STUDIES COURSE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1,2,3

1, 2, 6

1-5

1, 2, 4, 6

This course will stress the importance of staying abreast of current affairs. Students will utilize weekly news magazines for further in-depth analysis of important issues. Students will also be required to complete specific research projects about current concerns and interests.

116S PROBLEMS OF DEMOCRACY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1,3,4,10

C/G 1-4

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course is designed to acquaint students with the role of citizenship that will be required after graduation. Selected contemporary political and governmental topics are analyzed to generate informed opinions and encourage an active participating citizenry. Basic study skills will be emphasized in the class.

117S INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 – 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION OR DEPARTMENTAL PERMISSION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-5

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will examine the major principles and aspects of human behavior. Topics will include learning, motivation, neural and sensory functioning, normal and pathological development and social behavior.

118S DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-5

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will examine and assess the biological and social forces that impact on human development from infancy to old age. Biological, environmental and heredity influences on behavior, personality, learning, and thinking will be studied.

119S SOCIOLOGY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1,3,4,5

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will explore and analyze the “why” of society. In sociology students will examine the cultural and social influences on behavior, the importance of social institutions, such social problems as crime, poverty and the homeless, family dysfunction, aging, and the effect of socialization on the individual.

120 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES (HONORS)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

Contemporary Issues will examine United States domestic, economic, and foreign policy through a close study of current events. In Cranston High Schools’ attempt to create a partnership between parents, students, and faculty, the Contemporary Issues course should stimulate these three groups and broaden the student’s understanding of the world around them. Contemporary Issues will include: a brief examination of the Constitution, the goals of its framers and its distribution of power, an examination of the Supreme Court and some of its important decisions, and the United States’ free market economy and a review of its current fiscal decisions. Finally, the course will focus on international relations. Because the United States has become the world’s policeman, it is critical for its citizens to understand how this role both has been adopted and its relation to domestic affairs.

121 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

Contemporary Issues will examine United States domestic, economic, and foreign policy through a close study of current events. In Cranston High School East’s attempt to create a partnership between parents, students, and faculty, the Contemporary Issues course should stimulate meaningful discussion between these three groups and broaden the student’s understanding of the world around them. Contemporary Issues will include: a brief examination of the Constitution, the goals of its framers and its distribution of power, an examination of the Supreme Court and some of its important decisions, and the United States’ free market economy and a review of its current fiscal decisions. Finally, the course will focus on international relations. Because the United States has become the world’s policeman, it is critical for its citizens to understand how this role both has been adopted and its relation to domestic affairs.

122 US GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 5,6,10

C/G: 1-3

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

United States Government and Politics is an intensive study of the national level of government, our civil rights and liberties. The goals of this course are to increase understanding of the American political system, its framework, traditions, and values. This course is concerned with the nature of the American political systems, its development over the past 200 years, and how it continues to function. The principal processes and institutions, through which the political system operates, as well as some of the public policies that these institutions implement are studied in detail.

123 CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16,

W 3,6,7,8,10,

OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This semester course will cover past and current events that deal with inhumane actions that have occurred throughout time. Topics that will be discussed will include, but not be limited to, the Armenian Genocide, American Indians, Holocaust, Apartheid, Rwanda and Cambodian atrocities. Students will explore the causes and effects of past and present pamphlets, videos, Internet, media and textbooks. Assessments that will be used will include projects, essay writing, large and small group discussions, videos, media interpretations, position paper, etc. Resources will include newspapers, magazines, videos, the news and textbooks.

124 AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16,

W 3,6,7,8,10,

OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course is designed to offer students the opportunity to study the history of African Americans who were brought to the United States as bonded servants. Students will examine the ways that both free and un-free African Americans were instrumental in the development and growth of the United States. Students will examine the bonds of slavery, their freedom during Reconstruction, racism during the Jim Crow era and finally the state of African-Americans in the US today.

125S ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

125M ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: ONE-HALF CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1, 2, 3, 5 and 10

ELA: 1,2,3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6, 7, 8, 10, OC 1, 2

1-5

1, 2 and 6

This semester course will offer students a forum to learn ways to effectively research information, to discuss varied topics, and to debate a variety of historical topics. We will examine American involvement in foreign affairs using printed and technological resources as a way to uncover history’s truths. Students will examine the science of argumentation and its various forms of debate such as parliamentary, Lincoln-Douglas and policy. This course will also allow students to examine and debate topics which are historically significant and have dominated many headlines throughout our world. Students will understand the need to not only be informed of important events, but the need to be able to intelligently discuss them.

126S DIPLOMACY AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

126M DIPLOMACY AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 9 and 10

ELA: 1,2,3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6, 7, 8, 10, OC 1, 2

1-5

1, 2 and 6

Current events will direct some of the topics of discussion for this semester course. Students will examine a variety of sources from areas such as newspapers, magazines, and valid Internet sites. Through directed readings, students will be involved in discussions that focus on the skills of active listening, negotiations, mediation, conflict resolution and diplomacy. They will use experiences from their personal lives as tools for civic participation. Students will be involved in simulations of national and/or international crisis as the semester progresses. The skills learned will enhance a student’s ability to communicate, problem solve and take responsibility for their choices.

127S GEOPOLITICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

127M GEOPOLITICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 3, 7, 9 and 10

ELA: 1,2,3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6, 7, 8, 10, OC 1, 2

1-5

1, 2 and 6

The concept of geopolitics and its affect on global issues will be studied in this semester course. Students will examine pertinent international law, and economic principles and institutions by analyzing current world dilemmas. They will study the reasons why global awareness and global citizenship have become increasingly important in the 21^st century. This course will enable students to acquire an understanding of the connection between themselves and the world. American national and economic security concerns will be addressed by examining multiple perspectives of cultures in other nations. Students will improve problem solving skills and gain a deeper sense of responsibility for cultural diversity.

128S RHETORIC

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

128M RHETORIC

LENGTH OF COURSE: FULL YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 2, 3, 4 and 10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1, 2 and 6

In this semester course students will use primary sources to examine various important speeches that have been delivered throughout history. It will introduce students to techniques that promote ways to successfully communicate with others regardless of personal feelings. Students will be better prepared to cope with the fear of talking in group situations, as they study the art of public speaking. Using historical speeches as a springboard, students will learn the important elements involved in being good communicators. This course will also give students an opportunity to successfully study and deliver many types of speeches such as informative, persuasive, and extemporaneous.

129 DEMOCRACY IN ACTION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1,3,4,10

CIVICS/GOV.T.:1-4

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

Students in grade 9 will be introduced to the concept of citizenship in a democratic society. “Democracy in Action” is designed to give students the tools to become active and effective participants in the world around them. Students will learn the knowledge, skills and values necessary to become a responsible citizen and will have the opportunity to apply these skills in real life situations. They will develop an appreciation for the democratic ideals embodied in the founding documents and develop a clear understanding of their rights and responsibilities as a participating member of our American democratic society. In this class students will improve communications skills, writing skills and develop higher level thinking skills.

130 DEMOCRACY IN ACTION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: ONE CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1,3,4,10

CIVICS/GOV.T.:1-4

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

Students in grade 9 will be introduced to the concept of citizenship in a democratic society. “Democracy in Action” is designed to give students the tools to become active and effective participants in the world around them. Students will learn the knowledge, skills and values necessary to become a responsible citizen and will have the opportunity to apply these skills in real life situations. They will develop an appreciation for the democratic ideals embodied in the founding documents and develop a clear understanding of their rights and responsibilities as a participating member of our American democratic society. Students will improve their study skills through the content area

131 WORLD HISTORY 1 (HONORS)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: ONE CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1,2,3

R 4-8,16,W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1, 2, 4, 6

This course examines the historical and cultural developments of both Western and Eastern societies from the first river valley civilizations through the Classical Period and the Middle Ages up to the Renaissance. The course will help students to understand the chronological flow of events, the dynamics of change, and the critical links between past and present in the formation of the contemporary world. Emphasis is placed on the special significance of the role of Western civilization. The course will continue in grade 10 beginning with the reformation period in European history.

132 WORLD HISTORY ANCIENT WORLD TO THE RENASSIANCE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1,2,3

1, 2, 6

1,2,3,4,5

1, 2, 4, 6

134 WORLD HISTORY 2 HONORS/ADVANCED PLACEMENT: A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: NINTH GRADE WORLD HISTORY HONORS OR TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will focus on the years 1000 CE (Common Era) to the present. It includes a foundations unit to review prior developments in World History. There are two purposes of the course. One is for students to develop a greater understanding of the evolution of global contacts. The second is to build an understanding of cultural, institutional and technological forces that affect changes in international patterns of human existence. Students will be introduced to current historical methods of study, will be exposed to different types of historical evidence and current interpretive issues, and will practice appropriate analytical skills.

135 WORLD HISTORY RENASSIANCE TO THE PRESENT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: WORLD HISTORY AND CULTURES 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course examines the historical and cultural developments of both Western and Eastern civilizations from the period of the Reformation in the West to the present. The course will help Students to understand the chronological flow of events, the dynamics of change, and the critical links between past and present in the formation of the contemporary world. Contemporary global interdependence and the relationships among cultures of the world are highlighted; emphasis is placed on the special significance of the role of Western civilization.

136 WORLD HISTORY RENISSANCE TO PRESENT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: WORLD HISTORY AND CULTURE 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1,2,3

1, 2, 6

1-5

1, 2, 4, 6

This course examines the historical and cultural developments of both Western and Eastern civilizations from the period of the Reformation in the West to the present. The course will help students to understand the chronological flow of events, the dynamics of change, and the critical links between past and present in the formation of the contemporary world. Contemporary global interdependence and the relationships among cultures of the world are highlighted; emphasis is placed on the special significance of the role of Western civilization. Reinforcement of basic skills is stressed in the course.

137 EUROPEAN HISTORY (HONORS/ADVANCED PLACEMENT)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: HONORS PLACEMENT/DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course provides the student with a college level presentation of European History from the Reformation (about 1500) to an analysis of contemporary European society. The themes of nationalism, revolution, totalitarianism and industrialization are used throughout this survey. Emphasis will be placed on research, writing, and analytical skills as a college course would. Students are prepared for and strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Examination from the College Board for college placement or credit.

138 WORLD HISTORY 2 HONORS/ADVANCED PLACEMENT: A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: 9^TH GRADE WORLD HISTORY HONORS OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will focus on the years 1000CE (Common Era) to the present. It includes a foundations unit to review prior developments in World History. There are two purposes of the course. One is for students to develop a greater understanding of the evolution of global contacts. The second is to build an understanding of cultural, institutional and technological forces that affect changes in international patterns of human existence. Students will be introduced to current historical methods of study, will be exposed to different types of historical evidence and current interpretive issues, and will practice appropriate analytical skills.

141 UNITED STATES HISTORY (ADVANCED PLACEMENT)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: HONORS PLACEMENT/DEPARTMENT RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course is designed to offer students the opportunity to study United States history at the college level of instruction. It surveys topics in intellectual, social, economic, and political history from the period of the American Revolution to the present. In addition, it treats questions of causation from a historiographical point of view in order to familiarize students with the techniques of advanced historical study. Students have the option of taking the C.E.E.B. Advanced Placement Examination for college credit or placement.

142 UNITED STATES HISTORY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course is a survey of the development of the United States from 1877 to the present. Geographical, social, political, and economic themes are examined in a chronological approach as the United States moved from the problems created by the Civil War into a modern super power. Emphasis is placed on historical analysis, analytical writing, and research skills.

143 UNITED STATES HISTORY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1,2,3

1, 2, 6

1-5

1, 2, 4, 6

This course is a survey of the development of the United States from 1877 to the present. It follows a thematic approach that is arranged in a chronological order. Emphasis is placed on the reinforcement of basic skills and historical literacy.

144 UNITED STATES HISTORY ON-LINE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course is designed to enable the student of American history to gain a comprehensive understanding of the world of telecommunications by using the personal computer on a local area network to connect to the Internet. Students will combine American history instruction with the computer as tools for conducting research and communicating in an educational environment. In addition to the content of American history, students will become familiar with reading, understanding, and navigating their way through the Internet.

150 ESL WORLD HISTORY (TRANSITIONAL ESL)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 – 12

PREREQUISITE: ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE PLACEMENT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will provide English as a Second Language students with a basic introduction to the historical and cultural developments of both Western and Eastern civilizations from the period of the Reformation in the West to the information about contemporary global interdependence and the relationships among cultures of the world. The approach used in this course is basically topical with emphasis on political, economical and social developments.

151 ESL UNITED STATES HISTORY (TRANSITIONAL ESL)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE PLACEMENT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

SOCIAL STUDIES: 1-10

ELA: 1, 2, 3

R 4-8,16, W 3,6,7,8,10, OC 1,2

1,2,3,4,5

1,2,4,6

This course will provide English as a Second Language students with a basic Americanization course prior to their mainstreaming into a regular program. It will develop English reading and writing skills as well as provide as much information on American history and culture as possible. The approach used in this course is basically topical with emphasis on political, economical and social developments.

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

WORLD LANGUAGES

201 FRENCH 1 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the eighth grade

French curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

E1 – E7

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for motivated students who have demonstrated exceptional ability in French at the eighth grade level. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level I courses. Students will be exposed to practice in the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing.

Students are involved in a writing program that includes a direct link to the student’s life as well as other disciplines. Students will be involved in developing and improving their writing style in French by means of journals, essays, letters, etc. Grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as necessary and there will be extensive vocabulary building activities.

An introduction to the culture and contemporary life of French-speaking people will be explored.

202 FRENCH 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the grade eight French curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

E1 – E7

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is an introductory course designed for motivated students who wish to begin their experience in a second language. Students will be exposed to practice in the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.

Students are involved in a writing program that includes a direct link to the student’s life as well as other disciplines. Vocabulary building, grammar and mechanics will be highlighted.

An introduction to the culture and contemporary life of French-speaking people will be explored.

203 FRENCH 2 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the grade nine

French curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

E1 – E7

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for extremely motivated students who have demonstrated exemplary performance in French I. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and work requirements exceed other grade 10 French classes. Students at this level should enjoy speaking daily in French as well as enjoying challenging reading and writing assignments.

The culture of the Francophone world will continue to be deeply explored so that students will be able to better understand their own culture.

204 FRENCH 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the

grade nine French curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

E1 – E7

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

As a continuation of French 1, this course is will continue to develop further the four basic skills—listening, speaking, reading and writing with greater emphasis on oral communication and functioning in the language on a daily basis.

The writing program begun in grade nine will continue to be used and expanded. Again, grammar and mechanics are reviewed in the context of the students’ writing. Vocabulary building also continues.

The culture of the Francophone world will continue to be deeply explored so that students will be able to better understand their own culture.

205 FRENCH 3 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the French 2H curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This advanced course is a continuation of French 2H and is intended to increase facility in the four skills. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level 3 courses. Special attention is given to oral communication pertaining to survival skills. The development of reading and writing skills assumes even greater emphasis than in previous levels. Students will continue to be involved in a writing program to further enhance their ability to use French as well as broaden their understanding of their own language. This class is conducted in French as much as possible.

206 FRENCH 3

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in all aspects of the

French 2 curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This is a continuation of French 2 and emphasizes increased facility in the four basic skills. Use of the target language in speaking and writing is a priority. Attention is given to new vocabulary, especially idiomatic expressions. Students will continue to be involved in a writing program to further enhance their ability to use French as well as broaden their understanding of their own language. An understanding of French heritage and culture will be afforded through reading.

207 FRENCH 4 HONORS / EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the French 3H curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course emphasizes the acquisition of more advanced reading, writing, and oral skills, with attention paid to the finer points of grammar. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank and the work requirements exceed other level 4 courses. This course includes more exposure to culture and an introduction to selected literary readings. This class is conducted in French as much as possible. Vocabulary enrichment, study of idiomatic expressions, grammar review and class discussion in French offer the opportunity to advance every phase in the study of French. The course is conducted mainly in French. Students have the opportunity to apply for early enrollment credit (EE) through Rhode Island College.

208 FRENCH 4

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in all aspects of the

French 3 curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for those students who have successfully completed level 3 and would like to expand their opportunities to use the language acquired. Emphasis is placed on the acquisition of advanced speaking, reading and writing skills. Vocabulary enrichment, study of idiomatic expressions, grammar review and class discussion in French offer the opportunity to advance every phase in the study of French. Students will continue to be involved in the writing program begun in level 1.

210S CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-YEAR (3X PER CYCLE AND/OR SEMESTER)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of French 1

210M CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3X PER CYCLE FOR AN ENTIRE YEAR)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of French 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for those students who have successfully completed level 1 and would like to expand their opportunities to use the language skills acquired in an informal setting. Students will be exposed to print materials relating to current events, recent historical events, music, film, television, contemporary francophone culture and other cultural topics. There will be direct connections made to the student’s everyday life and their place in the global community. Students will not only reinforce their speaking skills but also their reading, listening, and writing skills.

220 ITALIAN 1 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the eighth grade

Italian curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for motivated students who have demonstrated exceptional ability in Italian at the eighth grade level. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level I courses. Students will be exposed to practice in the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing.

Students are involved in a writing program that includes a direct link to the student’s life as well as other disciplines. Students will be involved in developing and improving their writing style in Italian by means of journals, essays, letters, etc. Grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as necessary and there will be extensive vocabulary building activities. An introduction to the culture and contemporary life of Italian-speaking people will be explored.

221 ITALIAN 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the grade eight Italian curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

Students are involved in a writing program that includes a direct link to the student’s life as well as other disciplines. Vocabulary building, grammar and mechanics will be highlighted. An introduction to the culture and contemporary life of Italian-speaking people will be explored.

222 ITALIAN 2 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the grade nine

Italian curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for extremely motivated students who have demonstrated exemplary performance in Italian I. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and work requirements exceed other grade 10 Italian classes. Students at this level should enjoy speaking daily in Italian as well as enjoying challenging reading and writing assignments.

Students will continue to develop and improve their four basic skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing with greater emphasis on speaking and functioning in the language. Greater discussion of fine points of grammar and vocabulary usage will be stressed. The culture of the Italian-speaking world will continue to be deeply explored so that students will be able to better understand their own culture.

223 ITALIAN 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the

grade nine Italian curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

As a continuation of Italian 1, this course is will continue to develop further the four basic skills—listening, speaking, reading and writing with greater emphasis on oral communication and functioning in the language on a daily basis.

The writing program begun in grade nine will continue to be used and expanded. Again, grammar and mechanics are reviewed in the context of the students’ writing. Vocabulary building also continues. The culture of the Italian-speaking world will continue to be deeply explored so that students will be able to better understand their own culture.

224 ITALIAN 3 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the Italian 2H curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This advanced course is a continuation of Italian 2H and is intended to increase facility in the four skills. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level 3 courses. Special attention is given to oral communication pertaining to survival skills. The development of reading and writing skills assumes even greater emphasis than in previous levels. Students will continue to be involved in a writing program to further enhance their ability to use Italian as well as broaden their understanding of their own language. This class is conducted in Italian as much as possible

225 ITALIAN 3

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in all aspects of the

Italian 2 curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This is a continuation of Italian 2 and emphasizes increased facility in the four basic skills. Use of the target language in speaking and writing is a priority. Attention is given to new vocabulary, especially idiomatic expressions. Students will continue to be involved in a writing program to further enhance their ability to use Italian as well as broaden their understanding of their own language. An understanding of Italian heritage and culture will be afforded through reading.

226 ITALIAN 4 HONORS / EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the Italian 3H curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course emphasizes the acquisition of more advanced reading, writing, and oral skills, with attention paid to the finer points of grammar. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank and the work requirements exceed other level 4 courses. This course includes more exposure to culture and an introduction to selected literary readings. This class is conducted in Italian as much as possible. Vocabulary enrichment, study of idiomatic expressions, grammar review and class discussion in Italian offer the opportunity to advance every phase in the study of Italian. The course is conducted mainly in Italian. Students have the opportunity to apply for early enrollment credit (EE) through Rhode Island College.

227 ITALIAN 4

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in all aspects of the

Italian 3 curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for those students who have successfully completed level 3 and would like to expand their opportunities to use the language acquired. Emphasis is placed on the acquisition of advanced speaking, reading and writing skills. Vocabulary enrichment, study of idiomatic expressions, grammar review and class discussion in Italian offer the opportunity to advance every phase in the study of Italian. Students will continue to be involved in the writing program begun in level 1.

230S CONVERSATIONAL ITALIAN 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-YEAR (3X PER CYCLE AND/OR SEMESTER)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of Italian 1

230M CONVERSATIONAL ITALIAN 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3X PER CYCLE FOR AN ENTIRE YEAR)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of Italian 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for those students who have successfully completed level 1 and would like to expand their opportunities to use the language skills acquired in an informal setting. Students will be exposed to print materials relating to current events, recent historical events, music, film, television, contemporary Italian culture and other cultural topics. There will be direct connections made to the student’s everyday life and their place in the global community. Students will not only reinforce their speaking skills but also their reading, listening, and writing skills.

250 SPANISH 1 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the eighth grade

Spanish curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for motivated students who have demonstrated exceptional ability in Spanish at the eighth grade level. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level I courses. Students will be exposed to practice in the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing.

Students are involved in a writing program that includes a direct link to the student’s life as well as other disciplines. Students will be involved in developing and improving their writing style in Spanish by means of journals, essays, letters, etc. Grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as necessary and there will be extensive vocabulary building activities.

An introduction to the culture and contemporary life of Spanish-speaking people will be explored.

250A SPANISH FOR HERITAGE LEARNERS HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the grade eight Spanish curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for motivated students who are native or bilingual speakers of Spanish who have demonstrated exceptional ability in Spanish at the eighth grade level. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level I courses. Students will be exposed to practice in the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing.

Students are involved in a writing program that includes a direct link to the student’s life as well as other disciplines. Students will be involved in developing and improving their writing style in Spanish by means of journals, essays, letters, etc. Grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as necessary and there will be extensive vocabulary building activities. An introduction to the culture and contemporary life of Spanish-speaking people and their influence in the modern world will be explored.

251 SPANISH 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the

grade eight Spanish curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

252 SPANISH 2 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the grade nine

Spanish curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for extremely motivated students who have demonstrated exemplary performance in Spanish I. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and work requirements exceed other grade 10 Spanish classes. Students at this level should enjoy speaking daily in Spanish as well as enjoying challenging reading and writing assignments.

Students will continue to develop and improve their four basic skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing with greater emphasis on speaking and functioning in the language. Greater discussion of fine points of grammar and vocabulary usage will be stressed. The culture of the Spanish-speaking world will continue to be deeply explored so that students will be able to better understand their own culture.

252A SPANISH FOR HERITAGE LEARNERS II HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the

Spanish for Heritage Learners I program.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for motivated students who are native or bilingual speakers of Spanish who have demonstrated exceptional ability in Spanish for Heritage Learners I curriculum. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level I courses. Students will be exposed to practice in the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing.

Students are involved in a writing program that includes a direct link to the student’s life as well as other disciplines. Students will be involved in developing and improving their writing style in Spanish by means of journals, essays, letters, etc. Grammar and mechanics will be reviewed as necessary and there will be extensive vocabulary building activities. An introduction to the culture and contemporary life of Spanish-speaking people and their influence in the modern world will be explored.

253 SPANISH 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in varied aspects of the grade nine Spanish curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

As a continuation of Spanish 1, this course is will continue to develop further the four basic skills—listening, speaking, reading and writing with greater emphasis on oral communication and functioning in the language on a daily basis.

The writing program begun in grade nine will continue to be used and expanded. Again, grammar and mechanics are reviewed in the context of the students’ writing. Vocabulary building also continues. The culture of the Spanish-speaking world will continue to be deeply explored so that students will be able to better understand their own culture.

254 SPANISH 3 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: SPANISH 2H/DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This advanced course is a continuation of Spanish 2H and is intended to increase facility in the four skills. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level 3 courses. Special attention is given to oral communication pertaining to survival skills. The development of reading and writing skills assumes even greater emphasis than in previous levels. Students will continue to be involved in a writing program to further enhance their ability to use Spanish as well as broaden their understanding of their own language. This class is conducted in Spanish as much as possible.

SPANISH FOR HERITAGE LEARNERS III HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the Spanish for

Heritage Learners II curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This advanced course is a continuation of Spanish for Heritage Learners II and is intended to increase facility in the four skills. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank, and the work requirements exceed other level 3 courses. Special attention is given to oral communication pertaining to survival skills. The development of reading and writing skills assumes even greater emphasis than in previous levels. Students will continue to be involved in a writing program to further enhance their ability to use Spanish as well as broaden their understanding of their own language. This class is conducted in Spanish as much as possible.

255 SPANISH 3

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in all aspects of the

Spanish 2 curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This is a continuation of Spanish 2 and emphasizes increased facility in the four basic skills. Use of the target language in speaking and writing is a priority. Attention is given to new vocabulary, especially idiomatic expressions. Students will continue to be involved in a writing program to further enhance their ability to use Spanish as well as broaden their understanding of their own language. An understanding of Spanish heritage and culture will be afforded through reading.

256 SPANISH 4 HONORS / EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the Spanish 3H curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course emphasizes the acquisition of more advanced reading, writing, and oral skills, with attention paid to the finer points of grammar. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank and the work requirements exceed other level 4 courses. This course includes more exposure to culture and an introduction to selected literary readings. This class is conducted in Spanish as much as possible. Vocabulary enrichment, study of idiomatic expressions, grammar review and class discussion in Spanish offer the opportunity to advance every phase in the study of Spanish. The course is conducted mainly in Spanish. Students have the opportunity to apply for early enrollment credit (EE) through Rhode Island College.

256A SPANISH HERIATGE LEARNERS IV HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of exemplary performance in all aspects of the Spanish For

Heritage Learners III honors curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course emphasizes the acquisition of more advanced reading, writing, and oral skills, with attention paid to the finer points of grammar. It carries extra quality points in the computation of class rank and the work requirements exceed other level 4 courses. This course includes more exposure to culture and an introduction to selected literary readings. This class is conducted in Spanish. Vocabulary enrichment, study of idiomatic expressions, grammar review and class discussion in Spanish offer the opportunity to advance every phase in the study of Spanish and their own culture.

257 SPANISH 4

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s demonstration of both exemplary and proficient performance in all aspects of the

Spanish 3 curriculum.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for those students who have successfully completed level 3 and would like to expand their opportunities to use the language acquired. Emphasis is placed on the acquisition of advanced speaking, reading and writing skills. Vocabulary enrichment, study of idiomatic expressions, grammar review and class discussion in Spanish offer the opportunity to advance every phase in the study of Spanish. Students will continue to be involved in the writing program begun in level 1.

260S CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-YEAR (3X PER CYCLE AND/OR SEMESTER)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of Spanish 1

260M CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT (3X PER CYCLE FOR AN ENTIRE YEAR)

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of Spanish 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

E1 – E7

1.1; 1.2; 1.3; 2.1; 3.1; 3.2; 4.1; 4.2; 5.1

R2 – R8; R11 – R16; OC1 and 2

A1a; A1c, A2a, A2c, A3a, A3c, A4a, A4b, A4c, A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for those students who have successfully completed level 1 and would like to expand their opportunities to use the language skills acquired in an informal setting. Students will be exposed to print materials relating to current events, recent historical events, music, film, television, contemporary Hispanic culture and other cultural topics. There will be direct connections made to the student’s everyday life and their place in the global community.

Students will not only reinforce their speaking skills but also their reading, listening, and writing skills.

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

MATHEMATICS

302 PROGRAMMING/VISUAL BASIC HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: ALGEBRA 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1a,M1c,M1d,M1i,M1j,M3a,M3b,M5a,M5b,

M5c,M5d.M6c,M6k,M6m,M7c

M(N&O)-10-8,M(F&A)-10-1,M(DSP)-10-4

A1b,A1c,A2c,A3d

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This honors level course is a rigorous introduction to good programming style and problem solving strategies. The areas of emphasis are the components of the computer, computer logic, flow charting, writing programs in the BASIC language, and writing BASIC programs and VISUAL BASIC programs. Mathematical, scientific, and additional applications will be assigned as programs. Lab time will be available for projects. The Windows 95 operating system will be used.

303 PROGRAMMING/VISUAL BASIC

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: ALGEBRA 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1a,M1c,M1d,M1i,M1j,M3a,M3b,M5a,M5b,

M5c,M5d.M6c,M6k,M6m,M7c

M(N&O)-10-8,M(F&A)-10-1,M(DSP)-10-4

A1b,A1c,A2c,A3d

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

The areas of emphasis are the components of the computer, computer logic, flow charting, writing programs in the BASIC language, and writing BASIC programs and VISUAL BASIC programs. Mathematical, scientific, and additional applications will be assigned as programs. Emphasis will be placed on good programming style and on problem solving strategies. Lab time will be available for projects. The Windows 95 operating system will be used.

306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN JAVA AP/HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 – 12

PREREQUISITE: RECOMMENDED MINIMUM GRADE OF “A-” IN PROGRAMMING/VISUAL BASIC

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1a,M1c,M1d,M1i,M1j,M3a,M3b,M5a,M5b,

M5c,M5d.M6c,M6k,M6m,M7c

M(N&O)-10-8,M(F&A)-10-1,M(DSP)-10-4

A1b,A1c,A2c,A3d

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This is an in-depth, rigorous course in programming in JAVA. It will include topics such as types, operators, expressions, control flow, functions, arrays, pointers, structures, file handling and the JAVA implementation of stacks, queues, and linked lists. Additionally, general background and concepts about computers will be emphasized. Projects, papers, and completion of specific programming outside of the classroom are required. Selected students will be encouraged to take the CEEB Advanced Placement Computer Science Exam.

307 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN JAVA

LENGTH OR COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 – 12

PREREQUISITE: RECOMMENDED MINIMUM GRADE OF “B-” IN PROGRAMMING/VISUAL BASIC

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1a,M1c,M1d,M1i,M1j,M3a,M3b,M5a,M5b,

M5c,M5d.M6c,M6k,M6m,M7c

M(N&O)-10-8,M(F&A)-10-1,M(DSP)-10-4

A1b,A1c,A2c,A3d

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course, comparable to a first semester university course in JAVA, will focus on programming using the JAVA computer language. Equal emphasis will be placed on learning and using elementary JAVA language structures and on developing and employing structured programming techniques for program design and problem solving.

309W APPLIED MATHEMATICS-WEST/CACTC

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (5 TIMES EVERY OTHER WEEK)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2 a-p, M3a, M3c-f, M3m, M5, M6a-e, M5l, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course is designed for students enrolled in the Vocational-Technical Program. It will concentrate on the mathematical skills needed in the construction field. It will include applied problems in the areas of building maintenance and construction and will strengthen the students’ understanding of carpentry principles through an understanding of the mathematical principles involved.

310W APPLIED MATHEMATICS-WEST/CACTC

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (5 TIMES EVERY OTHER WEEK)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2 a-p, M3a, M3c-f, M3m, M5, M6a-e, M5l, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

311 BASIC INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-10

PREREQUISITE: DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a,M2b,M2d,M3a,M3o,M4a,M4c,M4e,M5,

M6a,M6b,M6c,M6d,M6e,M6f,M6l,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,5,6

A1c,A2b,A2c,A3b

In Basic Integrated Math 1, students will build on their knowledge of the real number system and will expand their knowledge into more mathematically sophisticated and abstract areas. They will have the opportunity to explore and create algebraic and geometric patterns and use mathematical modeling as a problem-solving tool. Students will be encouraged to reason and communicate about skills and ideas in mathematics that lead to conceptual and computational development. They will begin to have a solid foundation for understanding and exploring Algebra and Geometry concepts. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

312 BASIC INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BASIC INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a-d, M2j, M2k, M2n,M2o,M3a,M3b,M3k,M3l,M3o,

M4a-c,M4e,M4f,M5,M6a-g,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,5,6

A1c,A2b,A2c,A3b

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

In Basic Integrated Mathematics 2, students will build on the knowledge they gained in Basic Integrated Mathematics 1. They will continue to delve into more mathematically sophisticated and abstract areas such as probability and number theory. They will continue to work with algebraic and geometric patterns and use mathematical modeling as a problem-solving tool. Students will process into algebra and geometry and will explore such topics as equation solving, similarity and the Pythagorean Theorem. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

313 BASIC INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS 3

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: BASIC INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS 2

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a-d, M2j, M2k, M2n,M2o,M3a,M3b,M3k,M3l,M3o,

M4a-c,M4e,M4f,M5,M6a-g,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,5,6

A1c,A2b,A2c,A3b

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

In Basic Integrated Mathematics 3, students will continue to build on the knowledge they gained in Basic Integrated Mathematics 2. They will continue to delve into mathematically more sophisticated and abstract areas in Probability, Number Theory, Algebra and Geometry and will continue to work with algebraic and geometric patterns and to use mathematical modeling as a problem-solving tool. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

320 PRE-ALGEBRA

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a,M2b,M2c,M2f,M2g,M2j,M2k,M2n,M2p,

M3a,M3b,M3c,M3d,M3e,M3f,M3g,M3h,M4a,M4b,

M4c,M4d,M4e,M4f,M5,M6a,M6b,M6c,M6d,M6e,

M6f,M6g,,M6h,M6i,M6l,M6m,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-5,7, M(F&A)-10-3, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

A1,A2

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This comprehensive program serves to prepare students who need additional work in the fundamentals of arithmetic. It involves computational practice, applications, and some basic algebra and geometry concepts. Students in this course are expected to take Algebra 1 in the following grade. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

321 ALGEBRA 1 PART 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “C-” IN PRE-ALGEBRA OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M3a,M3b,M3c,M3d,M3e,M3f,M3g,M3h, M3i,M3j,M3k,M3l,M3n,M3o,M4a,M4b,M4c,

M4d,M4e,M4f,M4g,M4h,M4,M5,M6a,M6b,M6c,

M6f,M6h,M6l,M6m,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7, M(F&A)-10-4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

A1,A2

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

The emphasis of this course is that of a first semester Algebra 1 course: properties of real numbers, basic operations with rational numbers, linear equations, graphing relations and functions, ratios and proportions, directly and inverse variation, matrices, and polynomials. Elements of statistics and probability are integrated throughout the course. Real-world situations will be modeled using a variety of patterns, relations, and functions. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

322 ALGEBRA 1 PART 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 – 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “C-” IN ALGEBRA 1 PART 1 OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a,M2b,M2c,M2f,M2g,M3a,M3b,M3c,M3d,

M3e,M3f,M3g,M3h,M3i, M3j,M3k,M3l,M3n,M3o,M5,M6a,M6s,M6c,M6d,

M6e,M6f,M6h,M6i,M6l,M6m,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-5,6, M(F&A)-10-1,3,4

A1,A2

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course is a continuation of the Algebra 1 Part 1 course. The areas of emphasis are those in a second semester Algebra 1 course: the properties of real numbers, equations and inequalities (linear, quadratic, exponential, absolute value), systems of equations and inequalities, graphing relations and functions, rational expressions, matrices, and polynomials. Elements of statistics and probability are integrated throughout the course. Real-world situations will be modeled using a variety of patterns, relations, and functions. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

325 ALGEBRA 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 – 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “B-” IN PRE-ALGEBRA AND/OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a,M2b,M2c,M2f,M2g,M3a-l,M3n,M3o,M4a-Ii,M5,M6a-f,

M6g-i,M6l,M6m,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-5,7, M(F&A)-10-1,3,4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

A1,A2

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This challenging course integrates the more “modern topics” with the usual algebra content and emphasizes understanding fundamental ideas together with the development of skills. Among other activities, the student will recognize and use basic terms and symbols of algebra; recognize and apply the basic algebraic operations and simplifications including factoring; solve systems of linear sentences and apply them to the solution of real world problems; and solve quadratic equations by factoring, completing the square, and by quadratic formula. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

330 GEOMETRY HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2,M3aj,M3o,M4e,M5,M6,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-2,4,5,6,7,8,9, M(F&A)-10-4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

Honors Geometry is designed for the mathematically capable student who has successfully completed Algebra 1 Honors in grade 8. Students are introduced to the formal structure of geometry, and will integrate geometry with arithmetic, algebra, and numerical trigonometry. Emphasis is placed on the use of precise language in the statements of definitions, postulates, and theorems. This is a rigorous course which is part of the honors math program. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

332 GEOMETRY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “B-” IN ALGEBRA 1 AND DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2,M3a-j, M3o,M4e,M5,M6,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-2,4,5,6,7,8,9, M(F&A)-10-4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This challenging course provides an NCTM approach to the study of properties of elementary proof, logic, angle relationships, perpendicular and parallel lines and planes, congruence, similarity, constructions, circles, areas, and coordinate geometry. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

333 MODIFIED GEOMETRY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “C-” IN ALGEBRA 1 OR ALGEBRA 1 PART 2 AND/OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2,M3a-j, M3o, M4e,M5,M6,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-2,4,5,6,7,8,9, M(F&A)-10-4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

The sequence of topics is essentially the same as Geometry 332 with deductive arguments expressed orally and in sentence or paragraph form. Physical models and other real world objects will be used to provide a strong base for the development of students’ geometric intuition so that they can draw on these experiences in their work with abstract ideas. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

340 ALGEBRA 2 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “B-” IN ALGEBRA 1 AND HONORS GEOMETRY

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a-p,M3,M4a-I,M5,M6,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7,8, M(F&A)-10-1,2,3,4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course is a continuation of the honors program. The approach is this course is rigorous with topics being treated in depth. The area of emphasis are: the structure of number systems using group and field properties, polynomials, equations and inequalities (linear, quadratics, absolute value), systems of equations and inequalities, algebra of functions, special functions (signum, absolute value, quadratic, exponential, and logarithmic), rational expressions, real and complex number systems, matrices and determinants, the Binomial Theorem, arithmetic and geometric sequences and series, and conics using translation of axes. The relationship among functions and their properties are integrated throughout. Emphasis is placed on the development of the individual's ability to reason in order to understand theoretical concepts as well as real-world problems. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

341 ALGEBRA 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “C-” IN ALGEBRA 1 AND GEOMETRY CP

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a-p,M3,M4a-I,M5,M6,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7,8, M(F&A)-10-1,2,3,4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This challenging course is a continuation of Algebra 1 for students desiring or needing further understanding and skill in algebraic computation. Topics included in this course are postulates of real numbers, extension of the law of exponents, factoring polynomials, solving linear and quadratic equations and systems in two and three unknowns, inequalities, simplification of rational expressions, functions — linear, quadratic, exponential, logarithmic, conics at origin, and sequences. Depending on placement more emphasis could be placed on logic and structure. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

342 ALGEBRA 2B

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “C-” IN ALGEBRA 1 AND GEOMETRY CP

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1,M2a-p,M3,M4a-I,M5,M6,M7,M8

M(N&O)-10-1,2,4,6,7,8, M(G&M)-10-7,8, M(F&A)-10-1,2,3,4, M(DSP)-10-1,2,3,4,5,6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course, which moves at a slower pace than Algebra 2, is a continuation of Algebra 1 for students desiring or needing further understanding and skill in algebraic computation. Topics included in this course are postulates of real numbers, extension of the law of exponents, factoring polynomials, solving linear and quadratic equations and systems in two and three unknowns, inequalities, simplification of rational expressions, functions — linear, quadratic, exponential, logarithmic, conics at origin, and sequences. Students will apply their knowledge through course assignments that include writing, demonstrating and projects.

350 SELECTED TOPICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: GEOMETRY, ALGEBRA 2, AND DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

The Selected Topics curriculum is designed to prepare the student to successfully meet the demands of a college program of study. The traditional topics of study, algebra, geometry and functions, are balanced with topics from set theory, data analysis, statistics, SAT review, financial management, probability, logic, and discrete mathematics. The curriculum was designed so that the teacher has the flexibility to select both the topics and the sequence to meet the needs of the class.

352 ADVANCED ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: MINIMUM GRADE OF “C-” IN ALGEBRA 2 AND DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This rigorous course is designed to develop more efficiency and facility in the fundamental algebraic process with greater emphasis given to methods of proof and mathematical structure. The treatment of trigonometry considers the concepts and properties of the circular functions, inverses, and trigonometric functions. Areas of emphasis are: group and field theory, algebra of functions, symmetries, polynomial, exponential, logarithmic, circular and trigonometric functions, sequences, mathematical induction and binomial theorem. Optional topics are: matrices, limits of sequence, permutations and combinations.

359 PRE-CALCULUS HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 – 12

PREREQUISITE: ALGEBRA 2 HONORS WITH A “B-” AND DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This challenging course is for the serious math/science students who will take Calculus in their senior year in high school or freshman year in college. Areas of emphasis are: mathematical induction, extension of the qualitative ideas of function by the study of special functions (greatest integer, circular and trigonometric, polynomial, rational), analytic geometry (rectangular and polar coordinate system), conics, parametric curves, and DeMoivre's theorem. Structure and method of proof are emphasized. Topics are covered in a rigorous manner and in great depth.

360 PRE-CALCULUS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 – 12

PREREQUISITE: ALGEBRA 2 HONORS WITH A “C-” OR ALGEBRA 2 WITH AN “A-” OR ADVANCED ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY WITH A “C-” AND DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This rigorous course is for the serious math/science students who will take Calculus in their senior year in high school or freshman year in college. Areas of emphasis are: mathematical induction, extension of the qualitative ideas of function by the study of special functions (greatest integer, circular and trigonometric, polynomial, rational), analytic geometry (rectangular and polar coordinate system), conics, parametric curves, and DeMoivre’s theorem. Structure and method of proof are emphasized.

361 CONTINUOUS AND DISCRETE FUNCTIONS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: PRE-CALCULUS OR AAT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

This course provides students the opportunity to study combinatorics, recursion, math induction, graph theory, polar coordinate systems, parametric equations and matrices. Optional topics are: vectors in plane and space and an informal introduction to calculus.

365 CALCULUS AP

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: PRE-CALCULUS OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

The goal of this challenging course is to provide students with a clear understanding of the ideas of calculus as a solid foundation for subsequent courses in mathematics and other disciplines. The areas of emphasis in this course are properties of limits and continuous functions, derivatives of elementary functions, applications of derivatives, indefinite and definite integrals with applications, techniques of integration, differential equations and tests for convergence and divergence of infinite series. The course contains an extensive review of all topics covered on the AP Calculus AB exam and students will be encouraged to take the exam.

367 CALCULUS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: PRE-CALCULUS OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

The goal of this course is to provide students with a clear understanding of the basic ideas of calculus as a solid foundation for subsequent courses in mathematics and other disciplines. The areas of emphasis in this course are properties of limits and continuous functions, derivatives of elementary functions, applications of derivatives, indefinite and definite integrals with applications, techniques

of integration and differential equations.

368 STATISTICS-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: GEOMETRY AND ALBEGRA II

386S STATISTICS-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT (SEMESTER)

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: GEOMETRY AND ALBEGRA II

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

M1, M2a-p, M3, M4a-I, M5, M6, M7, M8

M(N&O) 10-2,10-4,10-6,10-7,10-8

M(G&M) 10-2, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-9, 10-10

M(F&A) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4

M(DSP) 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2

The goal of this course is to provide students mathematical options for continuing their mathematical sequence. It is offered as a pilot to support the SpringBoard mathematics program. Problem solving and critical thinking experience will be provided to students through SpringBoard lessons derived from statistical samples from SpringBoard Geometry, Algebra II and Pre-Calculus with Data Analysis.

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

SCIENCE

PILOT PROGRAM CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL WEST

FOUNDATIONS FOR PHYSICS

GENERAL COURSE DESCRIPTION: This Grade 9 course offering is designed to be a foundation for study in science. A conceptual, hands-on approach with an emphasis on experimentation will be employed in the study of topics that may include measurement, motion, forces, energy, simple machines, waves and sound, electricity and magnetism, light and optics.

Teaching of problem-solving strategies will be stressed, and varying levels of mathematics integration will be used, based upon student abilities and prerequisite coursework in mathematics.

Endorsed by the Rhode Island Department of Education, this new course sequence is intended to align with the State Grade Span Expectations for Science, increase comprehension of basic science principles, meet School-wide Expectations for Science Literacy and hopefully prepare students for the State Science Assessment Tests (2007-2008).

This non-tested science sequence is being piloted by the Cranston Public Schools as apart of the “Physics First Initiative” sponsored by the Rhode Island Department of Education. This pilot is currently in year one and year two will begin in 2007-2008. In addition, beginning in 2007-2008, year one students will be enrolled in either Chemistry 421, 422, or 423.

466 PH – FOUNDATIONS FOR PHYSICS/LAB – HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: GRADE 9

PREREQUISITE: ALGEBRA 1 (C or better)

COREQUISITE: GEOMETRY 1 – HONORS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,

S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,

S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f,

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,

A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c.

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This rigorous honors course will follow the general description and topic list outlined above, but will emphasize the strong connection between mathematics and science by providing students with frequent opportunities to apply basic mathematics and algebra concepts to science processes such as problem solving, collection and analysis of data, and evaluation of hypotheses. Use of algebra will increase as the year progresses. Students will design and conduct experiments, write lab reports, and conduct independent research on a variety of physics and technology topics using Internet and text sources. Successful completion of this course will provide students with a solid foundation for further honors coursework in science.

466 PF FOUNDATIONS FOR PHYSICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: GRADE 9

PREREQUISITE: MATH 8 (PRE-ALGEBRA), B OR BETTER

COREQUISITE: PRE-ALGEBRA, ALGEBRA 1 OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f, S3a, S3b,

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,

S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,

S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o,

M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f,

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c.

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This challenging course will follow the general description and topic list outlined above, utilizing primarily a conceptual approach but with increasing levels of math integration as the year progresses. Students will be given opportunities to apply pre-algebra concepts learned in their mathematics class to the study of physics principles and then study the relationships between these principles and the design of technology that improves their lives. Instruction in design of experiments, collection, analysis and interpretation of data and preparation of lab reports will be stressed.

466 PB BASIC PHYSICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: GRADE 9

PREREQUISITE: MATH 8 OR DEPARTMENTAL RECOMMENDATION

COREQUISITE: BASIC INTEGRATED MATH 1 OR PRE-ALGEBRA

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f, S3a, S3b,

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,

S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,

S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f,

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c.

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This conceptual physical science class will follow the general course description and topic list outlined above but will be designed for students in the process of achieving mastery of basic mathematics skills. Extensive use of hands-on activities and laboratory studies will provide students with concrete examples of physics concepts and principles that they experience in their daily lives. Post-activity instruction will provide students with opportunities to apply new knowledge to hypothetical situations as a way of developing abstract thought processes and problem-solving skills. Use of basic mathematics will be incorporated into the collection and analysis of data as the year progresses.

400 PHYSICAL SCIENCE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f, S3a,

S3b,S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,

S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,

S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,

S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f,

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,

A5c.

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This course will introduce the student to the study of matter and energy. Topics will include: energy, forces, and motion; electricity and magnetism; and an introduction to chemical interactions. The science principles that apply to the study of weather and climate will also be introduced. Laboratory investigations and the development of the skills of scientific inquiry will be an important part of this course.

401 PRINCIPLES OF SCIENCE 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f, S3a, S3b, S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,

S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,

S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e, S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,

A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This introductory course is the first of a series of courses that will provide the student with an overview of the principles of science. Topics will include: energy, forces, motion; and an introduction to chemical interactions. The science principles that apply to the study of weather and climate will also be introduced. Emphasis will be on the development of the skills of scientific inquiry and therefore laboratory investigations will be an important part of the course.

402 BIOLOGY/LAB 1 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,

S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,

S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,

S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f,

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

In this honors level course, emphasis will be placed on an understanding of the scientific method, the formation and testing of a hypothesis, and the collection and evaluation of data. Topics of study include theories on the origin of life and the theory of evolution, cellular structure and function, production and use of energy in living things, life functions of major animal and plant groups, genetics. This course provides the student with knowledge of molecular biology and the rapidly changing advances in biotechnology. Laboratory investigations are an important part of the presentation of this course. Emphasis is placed on problem solving techniques, experimentation, interpretation of experimental data, and writing of laboratory reports.

403 BIOLOGY/LAB 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,

S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,

S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,

S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,

S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11)POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(911)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9, LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,

A2c,A3a,A3b,A3c,A3d,

A3e,A4a,A4b,A4c,A5a,

A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

In this course, the student will study the unifying concepts found in living systems. Topics of study include an understanding of the scientific method, theories on the origin of life, cellular structure and function and its molecular basis, production and use of energy in living things, major life functions of animal and plant groups and genetics. Laboratory investigations are an important part of the presentation of this course.

406 PRINCIPLES OF SCIENCE 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

PREREQUISITE: PRINCIPLES OF SCIENCE 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,S4b,

S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,

S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,

S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(911)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,

A3a,A3b,A3c,3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This course is the second of a series of science courses that will provide the student with an overview of the principles of science. Selected life science topics will be studied during the first half of the year. During the balance of the year students will study topics related to electricity and magnetism, sound and light, and changes in the earth’ surface. Emphasis will be on the development of the skills of scientific inquiry and therefore laboratory investigations will be an important part of the course.

408 BIOLOGY/LAB 2 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY/LAB 1 HONORS, CHEMISTRY/LAB 1 AND TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,S4b,

S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,

S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,

S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,A3c,

A3d,A3e,A4a,A4b,A4c,

A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This is an advanced course for those students who have successfully completed one year of biology and are considering a career in the biological/environmental/medical sciences. Students will design and conduct laboratory activities to investigate the biochemistry of cell respiration, photosynthesis, digestion, and muscle physiology. Topics in microbiology, inheritance and bioenergetics of ecosystems will also be studied. Special independent projects will be required of students taking this course for Honors credit.

409 BIOLOGY/LAB 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY/LAB 1, CHEMISTRY/LAB 1 (OR COREQUISITE), TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,S4a,S4b,S4c

S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,

S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, and M8a-f.

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(911)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This is an advanced course for those students who have successfully completed one year of biology at the CP or Honors level and are considering a career in the biological/environmental/medical sciences. Students will design and conduct laboratory activities to investigate the biochemistry of cell respiration, photosynthesis, digestion, and muscle physiology. Topics in microbiology, inheritance and bioenergetics of ecosystems will also be studied.

410 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY/LAB

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: ONE CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY/TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,S4b

S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,

S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,

S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, and M8a-f.

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,

A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This course is designed for those students who desire additional knowledge about the human body beyond that provided in biology. The interrelationship of the various structures of the body and the functions of its organs and organ systems is studied. This course is recommended for students who may be considering careers in human services, health sciences, nursing, or nutrition.

411 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY OR PRINCIPLES OF SCIENCE 2

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,S4b,

S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,

S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,

S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, and M8a-f.

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1,CW2, CW4

This human anatomy and physiology course provides the student with an opportunity to learn basic concepts of the structure of the human body and the functions of its organs and organ systems. Students preparing for careers in such fields as medical secretary, laboratory technician, medical assistant, or practical nursing may find this course useful.

412 AQUACULTURE/LAB 1-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: PHYSICAL SCIENCE, BIOLOGY, TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,

S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,

S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,

S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,

S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9, LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CW1, CW2, CW4

The study of aquaculture will be used to teach basic science concepts from biology, physical science, chemistry, and land and water use planning. There will be a strong emphasis on concepts related to the metabolism, growth, and reproduction of cultured plants and aquatic organisms. Issues related to the use, treatment, and disposal of water will also be considered. Limited attention will be given to aquaculture facilities design and management practices. Students will gain experience in problem solving, and application of the scientific method to experimental design and independent research projects.

413S FOOD SCIENCE (PART 1)-WEST

414S FOOD SCIENCE (PART 2)-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE:...................................................................... HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT IN THE CULINARY ARTS PROGRAM

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,,S4a,S4b,S4c,

S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,

S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2(9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-

5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CW1,CW2, CW4

This course will introduce the culinary student to some of the basic concepts of chemistry. The chemical nature and nutritional role of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, vitamins, and minerals will also be studied. The nutritional evaluation of foods, food processing procedures, and sanitation issues will also be considered.

421 CHEMISTRY/LAB 1 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: ALGEBRA 2 COREQUISITE TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e,

S1f, S1f, S3a, S3b, S3c,S3d,S3e,

S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,

S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,

S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

Topics presented in this course include measuring and classifying matter, chemical composition of matter, qualitative and quantitative aspects of chemical reactions, theory of atomic and molecular structure, the kinetic theory of matter and gas law calculations, acid-base chemistry, the nature of solutions, and chemical equilibrium. Emphasis is placed on the development of problem solving skills and the collection and organization of quantitative laboratory data.

422 CHEMISTRY/LAB 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: ALGEBRA 2 COREQUISITE RECOMMENDED

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e,

S1f, S1f, S3a, S3b, S3c,S3d,S3e,

S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,

S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,

S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This college preparatory level chemistry course includes the topics of measuring and classifying matter, chemical composition of matter, qualitative and quantitative aspects of chemical reactions, theory of atomic and molecular structure, the kinetic theory of matter and gas law calculations, acid-base chemistry, the nature of solutions, and chemical equilibrium. Emphasis is placed on developing skills in handling laboratory equipment, collecting and analyzing data, and solving problems.

423 CHEMISTRY 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a, S3b, S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,

S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,

S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,

S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1,CE2,CE4,CW1, CW2, CW4

A survey of the basic concepts of chemistry will be presented in this course. Application of basic concepts will be made to the student’s daily life.

424 CHEMISTRY/LAB 2 HONORS / EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: CHEMISTRY/LAB 1, ADVANCED ALGEBRA & TRIG COREQUISITE/TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,

S4d,S4e,S5a,S5bS5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,

S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,

S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This course is designed for those students who have successfully completed one year of chemistry and are planning a career in the biological or physical sciences. In addition to a review of basic chemical concepts, the student will be introduced to such topics as chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, electrochemistry, biochemistry, and nuclear reactions. It may be possible for a student to have the option of earning college credit in chemistry through the early enrollment program of Rhode Island College.

425S OCEAN SCIENCE/LAB (Part 1) HONORS-WEST

426S OCEAN SCIENCE/LAB (Part 1)WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY/LAB 1 HONORS; CHEMISTRY 1 HONORS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,

S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,

S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,

S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CW1, CW2, CW4

This course will integrate life science concepts with chemistry in a study of the chemical nature of the oceans, the living things found there and the technology by which the oceans are explored. A systematic survey of ocean life (marine algae, invertebrates, fish, birds, and mammals) will be followed by a study of factors that influence productivity of the oceans and those that cause exploitation of living marine resources. The chemical nature of seawater, the role of seawater chemistry in biological processes and the contribution of the oceans to weather and climate will also be considered. Students enrolled in the Honors level course will be required to complete an independent study project in addition to completing other course requirements.

427S OCEAN SCIENCE/LAB (Part 2) HONORS WEST

428S OCEAN SCIENCE/LAB (Part 2) WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY/LAB 1 HONORS; CHEMISTRY 1 HONORS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,

S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,

S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,

S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CW1, CW2, CW4

This course will first focus on the physical processes that take place in ocean waters. These processes include the dynamics of waves and ocean currents as well as changes in seawater density and pressure. The course will then focus on the geology of the ocean floor. Topics studied will include plate tectonics, volcanism, structure of the earth’s interior, and the mineral resources of the seabed. Students enrolled in the Honors level course will be required to complete an independent study project in addition to completing other course requirements.

430 AP PHYSICS/LAB 1C/EE WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: CHEMISTRY/LAB 1 HONORS ALGEBRA 2, PRE-CALCULUS, TEACHER/DEPARTMENT CHAIR

RECOMMENDATION

COREQUISITE: CALCULUS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,

S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,

S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,

S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,

A3a,A3b,A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CW1, CW2, CW4

This Advanced Placement physics course is specifically designed for those students who are considering college majors in science, engineering, mathematics and computer programming. A calculus-based, lab-centered approach will be used in the study of motion, force, energy, momentum, oscillations, waves, gravitation, electricity and magnetism. Use of calculus will increase as the course progresses. Problem solving, experimental design and interpretation of laboratory data will be emphasized. Students have the option of taking the AP physics examination and may also elect the Early Enrollment option, earning college credit from Rhode Island College.

431 PHYSICS/LAB 1 HONORS / EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: CHEMISTRY/LAB 1 ALGEBRA 2, TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a, S3b, S3c,S3d,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,

S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,

S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,S8a,

S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,

A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

In this honors course, the student will concentrate on topics of “classical physics”, which include kinematics, dynamics, statics, work, energy, power and simple machines. Also covered will be the topics of “modern physics”, including relativity and nuclear physics. [Emphasis is placed on problem solving techniques, experimentation, the interpretation of experimental data, and the writing of laboratory reports.] This course is designed to meet the needs of students planning to major in the fields of medicine, science, or engineering. It may be possible for a student to have the option of earning college credit in physics through the early enrollment program of Rhode Island College.

432 PHYSICS/LAB 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 QUARTER CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: CHEMISTRY/LAB 1 ALGEBRA 2 COREQUISITE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide

Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,

S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,

S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,

S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11)

SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,

A3a,A3b,A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This physics course is the same as the honors course with respect to the topics covered. Topics emphasize practical applications of the principles of physics. The concepts studied are reinforced with demonstrations and laboratory experiments. This course is designed to meet the needs of students contemplating college majors in liberal arts, education, business, nursing, physical therapy, and laboratory technology.

433 PHYSICS/LAB 2 HONORS/EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 QUARTER CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: PHYSICS I/PRE-CALCULUS (TAKEN CONCURRENTLY)

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,,S3b,S3c,S3d,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,

S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,

S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,

S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,A3a,

A3b,A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,A4b,A4c,

A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1,CE2,CE4, CW1,CW2, CW4

In this honors course, the student will study topics of “classical physics”, which include thermal energy, electricity and magnetism, wave mechanics, sound and light. Emphasis is placed on problem solving techniques, experimentation and the interpretation of experimental data, and the writing of laboratory reports. This course is designed to meet the needs of students planning to major in the fields of medicine, science, or engineering. It may be possible for a student to have the option of earning college credit in physics through the early enrollment program of Rhode Island College.

434 PHYSICS/LAB 2 HONORS / EE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1.25 UNITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: PHYSICS I/PRE-CALCULUS (TAKEN CONCURRENTLY)

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,

S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,

S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,

S7e, S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11)

MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,

A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

441 ADVANCED SCIENCE 1 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,S3a,S3b

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,

S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,

S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9, LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10, PS1 (9-11) INQ –1, PS1 (9-11) MAS+ NOS –2, PS2 (9-11) POC+SAE -5, PS2 (9-11) –SAE – 7, PS1, (9- 11) POC+ INQ 8, PS3 (9-11) POC –9, PS3 (9-11) SAE –10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,A3a

A3b,A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,A4b,A4c,

A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4,

CW1, CW2, CW4

This course provides the student with an opportunity to pursue independent study of selected topics in the biological and physical sciences. Study and research outside of the school community may be possible. Students will be encouraged to develop science projects that are worthy of recognition in local, regional, and national competition. This course is designed for students who are seriously interested in science or who may be preparing for a career in science.

442 ADVANCED SCIENCE 2 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,S3a,S3b,

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,

S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,

S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11) 6,LS3(911)INQPOC

7,LS3(911)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,

A3a,A3b,A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This course allows the student to continue with a second year of independent study of selected science topics. Study and research outside of the school community may be possible. Students will be encouraged to develop science projects that are worthy of recognition in local, regional, and national competition. This course is designed for students who are seriously interested in science or who may be preparing for a career in medicine, science, or science education.

443 ADVANCED SCIENCE 3 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,S3a,S3b,

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,

S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,

S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2(9-11)INQ+SAE-3,LS2(9-11)POC+SAE-4,LS2,(9-11)NOS-5,LS2(9-11)-6,LS3(911)INQPOC-7,LS3(911)

INQFAF+POC-8,LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,LS4(9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,

A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,

A5c

CE1,CE2,CE4, CW1,CW2,CW4

This course allows the student to continue with a third year of independent study of selected science topics. Students will be expected to develop high quality science projects that are worthy of recognition in local, regional, and national competition.

460 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,S3a, S3b,S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,

S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,

S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,

A2c,A3a,A3b,A3c,A3d,

A3e,A4a,A4b,A4c,

A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4, CW1, CW2, CW4

This course is designed to help students come to a better understanding of their environment and the ecological problems faced by the world population. Topics considered include: individuals and populations; communities and ecosystems; patterns of life in the microscopic world; the nature of land and water environments; and man in the web of life. These topics are studied both in the classroom and in outdoor laboratory activities. Application of some basic concepts of chemistry and physics are reviewed in this course.

461 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BIOLOGY OR PRINCIPLES OF SCIENCE 2

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,S3a,S3b,

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,

S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a,S6b,

S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,S7d,S7e,

S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,

A3a,A3b,A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,

A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1,CE2,CE4, CW1,CW2,CW4

This course is designed to help students come to a basic understanding of their environment and the ecological problems faced by the world population. Topics considered include: individuals and populations; communities and ecosystems; patterns of life in the microscopic world; the nature of land and water environments; and man in the web of life. These topics are studied both in the classroom and in outdoor laboratory activities.

462 ESL - PHYSICAL SCIENCE 9-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9

PREREQUISITE: ESL PLACEMENT

463 ESL – PHYSICAL SCIENCE 10-12-EAST

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,

S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,

S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,

S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4

Physical science is the study of matter and energy. The topics of study included in this introductory course are those that will prepare the student for the study of chemistry and physics or provide a background for practical applications of physical science concepts. Laboratory activities are used to illustrate those concepts whenever possible.

465 ESL – BIOLOGY-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-10

PREREQUISITE: ESL PLACEMENT

467 ESL BIOLOGY 11-12-EAST

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f, S2a,S2b,S2c,S2d,S2e,S2f,S3a,S3b,

S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,S4d,S4e,

S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,S6a, S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,

S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9, LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a, A2b,A2c,A3a,A3b,

A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4

Topics of study include theories on the origin of life and the theory of evolution, cellular structure and function, production and use of energy in living things, life functions of major animal and plant groups, genetics, plant and animal behavior, and ecology.

This course is designed to familiarize the student with fundamental biological concepts and the relationship of mankind to the environment. Topics of study will include a study of cells, life functions of plants and animals, heredity, and ecology. This course is modified to meet the individual needs of ESL students.

468 ESL CHEMISTRY 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: ESL PLACEMENT

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

S1a, S1b, S1c, S1d, S1e, S1f, S1f,

S3a,S3b,S3c,S3d,S3e,S4a,S4b,S4c,

S4d,S4e,S5a,S5b,S5c,S5d,S5e,S5f,

S6a,S6b,S6c,S6d,S6e,S7a,S7b,S7c,

S7d,S7e,S8a,S8b,S8c,S8d.

MATH: M1a-l, M2a-q, M3a-o, M4a-o, M5a-d, M6a-m, M7a-M7i, M8a-f

LS2 (9-11) INQ+SAE-3, LS2 (9-11) POC+SAE-4, LS2 (9-11) NOS-5,LS2(9- 11)-6,LS3(9-11)INQPOC-7,LS3(9-11)INQFAF+POC-8, LS4(9-11)NOS+INQ-9,

LS4 (9-11) SAE+FAF-10

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,A2c,

A3a,A3b,A3c,A3d,A3e,A4a,

A4b,A4c,A5a,A5b,A5c

CE1, CE2, CE4

Topics included in this course are: measuring and classifying matter, chemical composition of matter, chemical reactions, atomic and molecular structure, the kinetic theory of matter, gas law calculations, acid base chemistry, the nature of solutions, and chemical equilibrium. Skills in handling laboratory equipment, collecting data, and problem solving are emphasized.

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

JUNIOR ROTC (JROTC)

(AVAILABLE AT CRANSTON EAST)

An important benefit for all students to get out of high school is the ability to develop a sense of values, to develop self-sufficiency and self-confidence, and to learn to be both a team player and team leader. These are skills that will benefit you throughout your life, regardless of what you do. As a high school sports program does not exist to develop professional athletes, ARMY JROTC is not here to develop a professional soldier but rather to provide you with those valuable intangible skills to help you to be a success. Although JROTC is normally a four-year program, you may also join in your sophomore, junior or senior year. Most colleges give constructive credit for high school JROTC courses. Not only do they recognize the validity of these courses, but they may also allow students who have successfully completed at least two years of JROTC to bypass the first two years of college ROTC and enter directly into the advanced ROTC program in their junior year.

480 ARMY JROTC - LET 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR 5 PERIODS PER WEEK + MONTHLY DOUBLE PERIOD LAB

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

During the first year of Army JROTC you will study leadership, drill and ceremonies, citizenship, map reading, oral and written communications, and first aid. You will be provided with all uniforms and materials and will have the option of participating in JROTC extracurricular activities such as competitive Drill Teams, Color Guards, Honor Guards, Raider team and Air Rifle team. During the lab you will learn to apply the leadership and drill and ceremonies skills first developed in the classroom.

There is absolutely no obligation to enter the military after high school, but, if you do decide to do so, there are pay and promotion benefits for having successfully completed a four-year JROTC program. JROTC students can also compete for nominations to the military academies and for four-year college ROTC scholarships.

481 ARMY JROTC - LET 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR 5 PERIODS PER WEEK + MONTHLY DOUBLE PERIOD LAB

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

This year you will learn more about leadership, communications, drill and ceremonies, citizenship, first aid and map reading, plus military history. You may continue to participate in JROTC extracurricular activities.

482 ARMY JROTC - LET 3

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR 5 PERIODS PER WEEK + MONTHLY DOUBLE PERIOD LAB

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

This year you will now be assigned a leadership position in the JROTC Corps of Cadets. In this capacity you will be able to apply and refine the leadership, communications, drill and ceremonies, and citizenship skills that you have developed over the past two years. You will also learn more about management, staff functions, and how to teach a class.

483 ARMY JROTC - LET 4

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR 5 PERIODS PER WEEK + MONTHLY DOUBLE PERIOD LAB

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

This course is the culmination of your four-year JROTC program. You will now be eligible for a senior leadership position in the JROTC Corps of Cadets. You will be in charge of the Corps of Cadets, applying all the leadership techniques and principles that you have learned.

BUSINESS

500S THE DYNAMICS OF BUSINESS

500M THE DYNAMICS OF BUSINESS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards	GSE’s	Applied Standards	School-Wide Expectations
NBEA I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX	W1-13. OC 1, 2, R2-6, 13-16	A2a, A2b, A2c, A3b, A3c, E2a	1, 2, 4, 6

This course introduces the exciting and challenging world of business. Some of the topics included are marketing, the economy, technology, accounting principles, management and leadership skills required to become successful in the business world. Students will engage in an entrepreneurial unit to enhance their understanding of owning their own business. Furthermore, students will partake in a stock market trade competition and a group project in one of the business components of their choice

Our goal is to prepare students to become knowledgeable and ethical decision makers as they fulfill their roles as consumers, workers, and citizens. The mission of the class is to ensure that students are afforded equal access to fundamental business knowledge and skills and therefore, an equal opportunity for success in life.

Throughout the course, students will have the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficiency in critical thinking, problem solving, and communication skills that will lead to an opportunity to create an artifact to include in their digital portfolio demonstrating these skills.

508 OFFICE ASSISTANT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Instructor

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

III. Level 1; V. Level 1; VI. Level 1, 2-4; VII. Level 3; VIII. Level 3; XVI. Level 1, 2

R11; R7.1; R7.2; R7.3, R13.1; R15.3; W1.1; W1.2; W1.3; W1.4; W4.1; W4.2; W4.6; W14; W9; OC1.1; OC2

A1; A2; A4

1,2,4

This program will provide students with hands-on experience in an office setting. Students will perform various entry-level clerical duties under the direction of an administrative assistant. Students will gain new job skills, assume responsibility, and develop human relations.

509 BUSINESS INTERNSHIP

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Instructor

Content Standards	GSE’s	Applied Standards	School-Wide Expectations
3. Level 1; 5. Level 1; 6. Level 1, 2-4; 7. Level 3; 8. Level 3; 16. Level 1, 2	R11; R7.1; R7.2; R7.3, R13.1; R15.3; W1.1; W1.2; W1.3; W1.4; W4.1; W4.2;W4.6; W14; W9; OC1.1; OC2	A1; A2; A4	1,2,4

This program will provide the student with hands-on office experience at local businesses. Students will have the opportunity to perform an office internship in the following areas: CPA firm (Accounting 1 is required), Law Office, Investment Office, Data Processing, Travel Agency, Banking, Credit Union, Municipal Purchasing and Finance Office, Hospital Business Office, etc. Students will be placed with an assigned mentor to gain new job skills, assume responsibility, and develop human relations skills.

511H ACCOUNTING I HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 – 12

PREREQUISITE: An aptitude for working with numbers

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1 1-16; 2 A 1-9; 2 B 1-4; 2 C 1-2; 3 A 2-7; 3 B 1-2; 4 A 1-2; 4 B 1-5;

R11; R2-3; R4-3; R4-5; R5-1; R7; R8; R12; R13; R15;W-1; W2.1; W3; W6; W9; OC1.1-2; OC2

M5; A1

1, 2, 4

Students will complete and explain the purpose of the various steps in the accounting cycle. They will be able to apply generally accepted accounting principles to determine the value of assets, liabilities and owner’s equity. Students will also be able to prepare, interpret, and analyze financial statements using manual and computerized systems for service, merchandising, and manufacturing businesses. Students will apply appropriate accounting principles to payroll, income taxation, managerial systems, and various forms of business ownership. Students will be required to complete an accounting simulation for a service business at the end of the 1^st semester, and a merchandise business at the end of the 2^nd semester that incorporates all basic accounting theory. During the last quarter, students will apply their accounting skill in the use of excel and QuickBooks.

Students who prove successful in Accounting I Honors will have achieved enough accounting knowledge and skill to apply for college credit at a college of their choice.

The curriculum and instruction of this accounting course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE & CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking skills and thinking skills. The curriculum also displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity, and honesty. Accounting I will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

511 ACCOUNTING I

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Basic Math Skills Needed

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I 1-16; II A 1-9; II B 1-4; II C 1-III A 2-7; III B 1-2; IV A 1-2; IV B 1-5;

R11; R2-3; R4-3; R4-5; R5-1; R7; R8; R12; R13; R15;W-1; W2.1; W3; W6; W9; OC1.1-2; OC2

M5; A1

1, 2, 4

Students will complete and explain the purpose of the various steps in the accounting cycle. They will be able to apply generally accepted accounting principles to determine the value of assets, liabilities and owner’s equity. Students will also be able to prepare, interpret, and analyze financial statements using manual and computerized systems for service and merchandising businesses. Students will apply appropriate accounting principles to payroll, income taxation, managerial systems, and various forms of business ownership. Students will be required to complete an accounting simulation that incorporates all basic accounting theory. During the last quarter, students will apply their accounting skill in the use of Excel and QuickBooks.

Students who prove successful in Accounting I will have achieved a marketable skill in basic accounting to pursue employment in an entry level accounting position and/or pursue post-secondary education in accounting and/or a related area in business.

The curriculum and instruction of this accounting course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE & CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking and thinking skills. The curriculum also displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity, and honesty. Accounting I will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

512H ACCOUNTING 2 HONORS

512 ACCOUNTING 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Accounting I with a grade of C or better

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I 1-17; II A 1-17; II B 1-7; II C 1-5; III A 2-11; III B 1-4; IV A 1-4;IV B 1-5; IV C 4; IV D 1-7; V A 1-5

R11; R2-3; R4-3; R4-5; R5-1; R7; R8; R12; R13; R15;W-1; W2.1; W3; W6; W9; OC1.1-2; OC2

M5; A1

1, 2, 4

Students will apply the basic accounting standards learned in Accounting I to complete the accounting cycle of a merchandising corporation as well as accounting for a partnership. Students will learn to analyze and record investments by stockholders and the declaration and payment of dividends. Students will be taught the appropriate accounting concepts and techniques to analyze and record the issuance, amortization, and retirement of company bonds. The course will teach students how to maintain accurate inventory records and determine which inventory costing method to use. Determining the cost of plant assets will be covered by learning how to compute and compare the cost basis and fair value of plant assets. Additionally, comparison and analyzation of various depreciation methods of assets and their impact on financial statements will also be taught. During the course, students will complete an accounting simulation to reinforce and demonstrate their accounting knowledge. Throughout the course, students will utilize Excel and QuickBooks to report financial reports and computations.

Students who prove successful in Accounting 2 will have achieved advanced skill and knowledge in accounting to pursue either a two- or four-year college degree in accounting or a related business degree.

The curriculum and instruction of this accounting course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE & CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening, and speaking and thinking skills. The curriculum also displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity, and honesty.

Accounting II will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

513 OFFICE ACCOUNTING 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: BASIC MATH SKILLS NEEDED

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I 1-16; II A 1-9; II B 1-4; II C 1-2; III A 2-7; III B 1-2;IV A 1-2; IV B 1-5

R11; R2-3; R4-3; R4-5; R5-1; R7; R8; R12; R13; R15; W-1; W2.1; W3; W6; W9;OC1.102; OC2

M5; A1

1, 2, 4

Students will complete and explain the purpose of the various steps in the accounting cycle. They will be able to apply generally accepted accounting principles to determine the value of assets, liabilities and owner’s equity. Students will also be able to prepare, interpret, and analyze financial statements using manual and computerized systems for service and merchandising businesses. Students will apply appropriate accounting principles to payroll, income taxation, managerial systems, and various forms of business ownership. Students will be required to complete an accounting simulation that incorporates all basic accounting theory.

Students who prove successful in Accounting 1 will have achieved a marketable skill in basic accounting to pursue employment in an entry level accounting position and/or pursue post-secondary education in accounting and/or a related area is business.

The curriculum and instruction of this accounting course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE & CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking and thinking skills. The curriculum also displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity, and honesty. Accounting 1 will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

514 OFFICE ACCOUNTING 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: ACCOUNTING 1 WITH A GRADE OF C OR BETTER

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I 1-17; II A 1-17; II B 1-7; II C 1-5, III A 2-11, III B 1-4, IV A 1-4

IV B 1-5; IV C 4; IV D 1-7; V A 1-5

R11; R2-3; R4-3; R4-5; R5-1; R7; R8; R12; R13; R15; W-1; W2.1; W3; W6; W9; OC1.1-2; OC2

M5; A1

1, 2, 4

Students will apply the basic accounting standards learned in Accounting 1 to complete the accounting cycle of a merchandising corporation as well as accounting for a partnership. Students will learn to analyze and record investments by stockholders and the declaration and payment of dividends. Students will be taught the appropriate accounting concepts and techniques to analyze and record the issuance, amortization, and retirement of company bonds. The course will teach students how to maintain accurate inventory records and determine which inventory costing method to use. Determining the cost of plant assets will be covered by learning how to compute and compare the cost basis and fair value of plant assets. Additionally, comparison and analyzation will also be taught. During the course, students will complete an accounting simulation to reinforce and demonstrate their accounting knowledge.

The curriculum and instruction of this accounting course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE & CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening, and speaking and thinking skills. The curriculum also displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity, and honesty. Accounting 2 will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

516 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

COMPUTATION I, II, IV, V, VIA-H, M

R11, R2, R3, R7, OC1

A1, A2, A3, A4

1, 2, 4, 6

This course will provide students with the basic experiences and skills in applying mathematics to business situations. Emphasis will be on payroll, borrowing and investing, consumer purchases, and business management. Students will receive practical training in personal financial management and use of banking services.

The curriculum and instruction of this Mathematics course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking skills, thinking skills and displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity and honesty. Business Mathematics will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

517 PERSONAL FINANCE/QUICKEN

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII

R11, R2, R3, R7, W2, OC1

A1, A2, A3, A4, M1, M5

1, 2, 4, 6

This course is designed to ensure students have the personal financial management skills they will need to succeed in their personal financial lives. This course explores career decisions, money and credit management, financial security, technology, decision-making opportunities, roadblocks, and consequences in personal finance planning.

Students will complete a hands-on simulation to plan their personal finances using Quicken software. Quicken software includes budgeting, savings accounts, checking accounts, credit card accounts, automobile loans, and mortgages. Students will have the opportunity to participate in an investment simulation program/stock market game.

The curriculum and instruction of this Personal Finance course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE and CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking skills, thinking skills and displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity and honesty. Personal Finance will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

518I INTRODUCTION TO PERSONAL FINANCE/QUICKEN

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I, II, III IV, V, VI, VII, VIII

R11, R2, R3, R7, W2 OC1, Number and Operations: M10-1, M10-4, M10-7, Data, Statistics, and Probability: M10-1, M10-4, M10-6

A1, A2, A3, A4, M1, M5

1, 2, 4, 6

This course is designed to ensure that students have the personal financial management skills they will need to succeed in their personal lives. This course explores personal financial planning, career planning, money management strategies, banking and credit, investments and real estate, taxes and insurance, retirement and estate planning, and an introduction to business financial planning. Students are permitted to use their notes for test taking.

Students will complete a hands-on simulation to plan their personal and business finances using Quicken software. Quicken software includes budgeting, savings accounts, checking accounts, credit card accounts, automobile loans, and mortgages. Students will also have the opportunity to participate in an investment simulation program/stock market game.

520 COMPUTER LITERACY/COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

520TT COMPUTER LITERACY/COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I. Level 1, 2, III. Level 1; V. Level 1; VI. Level 1, 2-4; VII. Level 3; VIII. Level 3; XVI. Level 1, 2

R11; R7.1; R7.2; R7.3, R13.1; R15.3; W1.1; W1.2; W1.3; W1.4; W4.1; W4.2;W4.6; W7; W14; W9; OC1.1; OC2.6

A1; A2; A4

This course is designed to bring students to a level of computer proficiency under state and local curriculum guidelines. Students will be introduced to the Windows operating environment and MS Office, including Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint. Students will begin the course by learning the touch method of keyboarding. The first part of the course will emphasize proper keyboarding technique, speed and accuracy levels. The instructor will use Micro-Type software to reinforce keyboarding skills acquired. Students will also learn how to use the numeric keypad efficiently. Using Microsoft word, students will learn to key and format personal business letters, memorandums, and academic reports using the MLA format. Successful students will be able to key 45 words per minute with no errors.

During the second part of course, students will concentrate on developing the skill of using Excel, Access, and PowerPoint as well as Word. Upon successful completion of this course, students will have a foundation of skill in document processing, spreadsheets and charts, database management, and multimedia presentations.

521M COMPUTER LITERACY

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: Business Keyboarding I

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

III. Level 1; V. Level 1; VI. Level 1, 2-4; VII. Level 3; VIII. Level 3 XVI. Level 1, 2

R11, R7.1; R7.2; R7.3, R13.1; R15.3; W1.1; W1.2; W1.3; W1.4; W4.1; W4.2; W4.6; W14, W9,OC1.1; OC2

A1; A2; A4

524 COMPUTER LITERACY/SUPERWRITE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: ONE CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

III. Level 1; V. Level 1; VI. Level 1, 2-4; VII. Level 3; VIII. Level 3; XVI. Level 1, 2;

R11, R2 & 3; R7.1; R7.2; R7.3, R13.1; R15.3; W1.1; W1.2; W1.3; W1.4; W4.1; W4.2; W4.6; W14; W9.1; W9.3; W9.5

A1; A2; A4

4, 1

This course is a full year course made up of (1) Business Keyboarding, (2) Computer Literacy, and (3) Speedwriting.

Business Keyboarding is learning how to enter data by the Touch System progressing to acceptable speed and accuracy levels. Students will learn to properly format reports, letters, and memos.

Computer literacy is designed to bring students to a level of computer proficiency under state and local curriculum guidelines. Students will be introduced to the Windows operating environment and MS Office, including Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint. An introduction to the Internet and e-mail will also be covered. Upon successful completion of this course, students will have a foundation of skill in document processing, spreadsheets and charts, database management, and multimedia presentations.

Speedwriting is an abbreviated writing system based primarily on longhand and secondarily on phonetics. Speedwriting is designed to give the student a way to write quickly with a minimum of learning time and help students improve their spelling, vocabulary, and sentence construction.

525S SUPERWRITE (NOTE-TAKING)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE/HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

III. Level 1; V. Level 1; VI. Level 1, 2-4; VII. Level 3

R11, R2 & 3; R13.1; R15.3; W1.1; W1.2; W1.3; W1.4; W9.1; W9.2; W9.3; W9.5; OC1.1; OC2.6

A3; E4

4, 1

SuperWrite is an abbreviated writing system based primarily on longhand and secondarily on phonetics. It is a quick, easy-to-learn writing system that does not require memorizing a new alphabet or changing one’s normal writing style. Also, there are no special symbols to learn. Students should be able to increase their writing speed significantly that will help students immensely in college and future employment.

Part I of the course is designed to teach the principles of an alphabetic writing system. Part 2 is designed to teach beginning transcription skills as well as continue speed development. Lessons contain exercises on keyboarding style, punctuation, spelling, and vocabulary development as well as speedwriting development.

This course will help students increase their note-taking speed in high school, college, and beyond. A speedwriting course is designed to give the student a way to write quickly with a minimum of learning time and help students improve their spelling, vocabulary, and sentence construction.

560S TECHNOLOGY CAREERS FOR THE FUTURE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards	GSE’s	Applied Standards	School-Wide Expectations
I, II, III	R2, R3, R7, OC1, OC2. W2	A1, A2, A3, A4, A5	1, 2, 4

Students will gain a developmental understanding of their own strengths and weaknesses to enable them to be successful in the ever-evolving requirements of the workplace. As students embark on career exploration, they will learn the relationship of lifelong learning to career success. Students will learn to conduct a career search and identify career pathways. They will explore multiple career paths and the interrelatedness of those career pathways. This exploration will enable individuals to meet the needs of employers who are assembling technically skilled, flexible, and cross-trained workforces.

This course will offer continuous instruction in current and emerging information technology. In this framework, this course will prepare an individual who wants to enjoy a quality standard of living by making them aware that they must be prepared to make wise career transitions and to continuously learn new skills.

526M MINOR - SPORTS MARKETING I

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREPREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

NBEA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9

W1-13. OC 1, 2, R2-6, 13-16

A2a, A2b, A2c, A3b, A3c, E2a

1, 2, 4, 6

Sports Marketing is a specialized course which provides students with knowledge of the operation of the sports industry. This course is designed to equip students with entry-level competencies in the areas of sponsorship, promotion, advertising, legal contracts, agents, event marketing, and communications. Students will also obtain a thorough understanding of the career options available in this field. Throughout the course, students will have the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficiency in critical thinking, problem solving, and communication skills while completing one of the many detailed unit projects.

As students become proficient in the entry-level competencies of sports marketing will enable them to create an artifact to include in their digital portfolio demonstrating these skills.

527S – SPORTS MARKETING 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Sports Marketing 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

NBEA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9

W1-13, OC1, 2, R2-6, 13-16

A2a, A2b, A2c, A3b, A3c, E2a

1, 2, 4, 6

Sports Marketing 2 will give students the opportunity to further their knowledge of the operation of the sports industry.

Students enrolled in this course will enhance upon the essential business skills sports organizations seek from new employees. The essential business skills sports organizations seek when seeking new employees are:

· Advertising and strategic branding practices for professional sports teams and university properties

· Successful promotions used by sports teams and/or collegiate properties

· Understanding of front office operations and positions

· Successful sports marketing and sales techniques

· Identify successful revenue streams available to teams through corporate sponsorships

· High tech e-marketing revenue and marketing campaigns

· Professional and industry specific vocabulary

· Community relations programs that benefit businesses

· Customer service and event management best practices

Students who prove successful in Sports Marketing 2 will have achieved a marketable skill and knowledge to pursue either a two- or four-year college degree in sports marketing or a related business degree.

The curriculum and instruction of Sports Marketing 2 correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE and CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking skills, thinking skills and displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity and honesty.

Students who prove successful in Sports Marketing 2 will have achieved the marketable skills and knowledge necessary to pursue a career in this fast growing industry. Students will be encouraged to further their education by enrolling into either a two- or four-year college to earn a degree in sports marketing or a related business area.

529S BUSINESS MANAGEMENT HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1A-D, 2, 3A-C, 4A-E, 5A-B, 6A-G, 7, 8A-B, 9A-C, 10A, 11A, D

R11, R2, R3, R7, R15, W2, W7, OC1, OC2, Number and Operations: M10-1, M10-4, M10-7, Data, Statistics, and Probability: M10-1, M10-4, M10-6

A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, M1, M5

1, 2, 4, 6

Students will be involved in a course that emphasizes many business principles. Students will survey areas of business such as entrepreneurship, careers in management, ethics and social responsibility, business law, economics, international business, planning and strategic management, and organizational structure. Classroom presentations will consist of oral reports, written reports, and PowerPoint presentations.

Students will use a hands-on simulation of running a business. Virtual Business Management simulates a wholesale distribution business that gives students experiences in hiring their own staff, pricing and purchasing, supplier payments, customer credit, and obtaining loans from the bank. Students will also have an opportunity to compete in the Virtual Business Challenge, a national competition sponsored by the Future Business Leaders of America.

Honors students will be encouraged to think critically for each of the areas covered in the Business Management course. In addition, these students will research current business issues and report their findings to the class. Finally, Honors students will conduct an in-depth analysis of a publicly-held corporation and include in their report company history, industry information, mission statement, organizational structure, social responsibility, international business, and financial/stock information.

The curriculum and instruction of this Business Management course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE and CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking skills, thinking skills and displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity and honesty.

Business Management Honors will count as a 4^th applied math credit for students.

530S BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1A-D, 2, 3A-C, 4A-E, 5A-B, 6A-G, 7, 8A-B, 10A, 11A, D

R11, R2, R3, R7, W2, OC1, OC2, Number and Operations: M10-1, M10-4, M10-7, Data, Statistics, and Probability: M10-1, M10-4, M10-6

A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, M1, M5

1, 2, 4, 6

531S SEMESTER ENTREPRENEURSHIP

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: None

531M MINOR ENTREPRENEURSHIP

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3X PER ROTATION)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I A, B, C & D; II A, B & C; II A, B, C & D; IV A, B, C & D; V A, B, C & D;VI A, B, C, D & E; VI E; VIII A, B & C; IX

R11; R7; R8; R14; R16; W1; W2; W3; W6; W7; W8; W9; W10; W14; OC1; OC2

A1 – A5

1, 2, 4

Entrepreneurship is a specialized business course designed to provide students with the necessary skills to start and operate a business.

Students will take a step-by-step journey through the entire process of owning their own business. The students will explore the traits and characteristics of successful entrepreneurs. This course will cover such topics as Marketing, Economics, Finance, Accounting, Management, Global Markets and Legal issues. Students will also learn the importance of business ethics, human relations and interpersonal skills. They will develop a written business plan for a business of their choice.

After completing this course, students will have the skills needed to launch and own their own business and the knowledge of risk management for growing their business.

531W ENTREPRENEURSHIP-WEST WEEK ABOUT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: CONSTRUCTION STUDENTS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I A, B, C & D; II A, B & C; II A, B, C & D; IV A, B, C & D; V A, B, C & D;VI A, B, C, D & E; VI E; VIII A, B & C; IX

R11; R7; R8; R14; R16; W1; W2; W3; W6; W7; W8; W9; W10; W14; OC1; OC2

A1 – A5

1, 2, 4

Entrepreneurship is a specialized business course designed to provide students with the necessary skills to start and operate a business.

After completing this course, students will have the skills needed to launch and own their own business and the knowledge of risk management and methods for growing their business.

532S BUSINESS LAW HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of the Business Management Honors course with a grade of “C” or better

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

2A-C, 4A-C, 5A-B,

6A-D

R11, R2, R3, R7, R15, W2, W7, OC1, OC2

A1, A2, A3, A4

1, 2, 4

Students will be involved in a rather intense course that emphasizes many business law principles. Students will survey areas of business law such as contract law, law of sales, consumer law, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporate law, limited liability companies, personal property, real property, commercial paper, insurance, secured transactions, and bankruptcy. Classroom presentations will consist of oral reports, written reports, and PowerPoint presentations.

The Business Law course will be taught through case study analysis. Students will be encouraged to apply the knowledge gained in each chapter to solve real business law cases. Tests will involve solving business law cases by first stating the facts, judging the merits of the case, and then applying the rule of law from each chapter.

Honors students will be encouraged to think critically for each of the areas covered in the Business Law course. In addition, these students will research current business law issues and report their findings to the class. Finally, Honors students will conduct an in-depth analysis of an actual business law case. The students will become the “Judge” and report on the facts of the case, decide on the legal merits of the case, and apply what they have learned in the classroom to decide on the rule of law.

The curriculum and instruction of this Business Law course correlates with the SCANS competencies that reflect the CHSE and CHSW Mission Statements and the Expectations for student learning in basic reading, math, listening and speaking skills, thinking skills and displays personal qualities of responsibility, integrity and honesty.

533S BUSINESS LAW

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of the Business Management course with a grade of “C” or better.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

2A-C, 4A-C, 5A-B,

6A-D

R11, R2, R3, R7, W2, OC1

A1, A2, A3, A4

1, 2, 4

534S INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS LAW

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

2A-C, 4A-C, 5A-B,

6A-D

R11, R2, R3, R7, W2, OC1

A1, A2, A3, A4

1, 2, 4

Students will be involved in a course that emphasizes many business law principles. Students will survey areas of business law such as contract law, law of sales, consumer law, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporate law, limited liability companies, personal property, real property, commercial paper, insurance, secured transactions, and bankruptcy.

535S CAREER PREPARATION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

535M CAREER PREPARATION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

535W CAREER PREPARATION-WEST WEEK ABOUT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11, CAREER & TECHNICAL STUDENTS ONLY

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards	GSE’s	Applied Standards	School-Wide Expectations
4, 5, 6	R2, R3, R7, W2, OC1, OC2	A1, A2, A3, A4, A5	1, 2, 4

Students will gain the necessary skills needed to be successful in the twenty-first century workplace. Students will develop strategies to make an effective transition from school to career. Students will also learn the process of preparing professional electronic resumes and cover letters. They will develop an interviewing portfolio that demonstrates job readiness enabling them to be successful and competitive in today’s changing workplace.

Students will be able to use the Internet to increase their knowledge and employment potential. They will also use the Internet to research perspective employers in various career fields. By participating in field trips to area businesses, students will have the opportunity to meet and interact with the business community to learn about employers and job opportunities and the relationship of lifelong learning to career success.

Partnerships formed between the Career Preparation class and area businesses result in guest speakers that inform students of the ever-evolving needs of the workplace. This course will give students practical tools that will help them gain a competitive advantage and achieve full career potential.

552 BUSINESS COMPUTER APPLICATION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: Teacher recommendation based on student’s exemplary performance in all aspects of the Computer Literacy or Computer Survival Skills curriculum along with a final grade of a “B” or higher.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

I Level 1, 2; III Level 1; V Level 1; VI Level 1, 2-4; VII Level 3; VIII Level 3; XVI Level 1, 2

R1-3, R7, R8, R12, R13 ,R15, W1, W6, W9, OC1-2, 6

A1a; A1c; A2a; A2c; A3a-e; A4a-c; A5a

1, 2, 4

This course is designed for highly motivated students who have demonstrated exceptional ability in Computer Literacy. It will carry extra quality points in the computation of class rank upon successful completion the MOUS Certification Examination.

The first part of this course will enable students to apply the keyboarding skills developed in Computer Literacy/Computer Technology at an advance level. Students will continue to develop speed and accuracy while being instructed in advanced keyboarding applications. Students who prove successful will be able to key 60 words per minute with no errors. Upon completion of the first part of this course, students will commence training in the Microsoft Office Package that includes: Microsoft Word (word processing), Excel (spreadsheets and graphs), PowerPoint (presentations), Access (database), Outlook (e-mailing) as well as researching the Internet and basic web design.

Upon successful completion of the MOUS Certification Examination, candidates will receive an Office Specialist (MOUS) certificate that will set them apart in the competitive job market. This certificate is a valuable credential recognized worldwide as proof that the individual has the desktop computing skills needed to work more productively and efficiently.

560S TECHNOLOGY CAREERS FOR THE FUTURE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards	GSE’s	Applied Standards	School-Wide Expectations
1, 2, 3	R2, R3, R7, OC1, OC2. W2	A1, A2, A3, A4, A5	1, 2, 4

565S INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREPREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

NBEA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9

W1-13, OC 1, 2, R2-6, 13-16

A2a, A2b, A2c, A3b, A3c, E2a

1, 2, 4, 6

Students will explore the dynamic field of international business and explore the many business cultures that affect our every day lives. Students will learn the important role of international trade and the effects it has on our economy. Students will be exposed to basic words and phrases as well as customs used in business throughout the world. The social, cultural, political, legal, and economic factors that impact international business will be discussed. Students will have the opportunity to research a country using the Internet and present an informational summation of the country completing a presentation using power point.

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION

600 COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is an excellent choice for the pre-engineering student. Motivated Students will be required to complete a special project and maintain a minimum grade of B. This course introduces you to the language and techniques of CAD (Computer Aided Drafting). The student will use computers to complete simple one view to three view drawings. The student will be introduced to basic geometry and applied geometric skills in the completion of drawings. The course also deals with the development of views that are missing in part or in total.

601 COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4 P1-6

R2-8, OC1, OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1,2,3,4

This course is an excellent choice for the Technology education student. Motivated students will be required to complete special projects and class presentations on completed work. This course introduces you to the language and techniques of CAD (Computer Aided Drafting). The student will use computers to complete simple one view to three view drawings. The student will be introduced to basic geometry and applied geometric skills in the completion of drawings. The course also deals with the development of views that are missing in part or in total.

602 ADVANCED COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c,

A3a, A4a, A5c

1,2,3,4

Advanced Computer Aided Drafting provides information and training in areas of three-view orthographic projection, sectional, auxiliary views, and shop processes. This course uses computers to give students a good understanding of basic and advanced Auto Sketch commands. The students will complete one and three-view drawings using computers. Isometric and 3-D drawings using Auto Sketch and other software programs will be explored.

604 DRAFTING ROOM ASSISTANT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING 1, APPROVAL OF THE INSTRUCTOR

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

Taken concurrently with Advanced Computer Aided Drawing or by invitation of the instructor, based upon the student’s aptitude, attitude, and level of achievement in drafting. The participant will have the opportunity to function as a senior drafter working with small groups of Computer Aided Drafting 1 students in the CAD lab.

605S COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR (FIVE PERIODS PER WEEK)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9- 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

The Computer Aided Drafting course will give students an introduction to Computer Aided Drawing. Particular attention is given to Project Design and Development. Using a variety of software, students will be introduced to computer software used in technical fields to create drawing and working plans. The focus of the course is to give students an opportunity to become familiar with the careers available to those who elect to take advanced drawing classes.

606S ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: “C” GRADE IN CAD 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course deals with detailing construction of various architectural features such as footings, sills, walls, foundations, doors, and windows. Drawings will be done to different scales. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to interpret and understand all architectural symbols. Various types of framing will be examined. The student will be expected to develop floor plans, make changes/renovations subsequent to individual needs.

607S ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: “C” GRADE IN CAD 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This more extensive course requires students to do special projects and maintain a grade of B or better. The course deals with detailing various architectural features such as footings, sills, walls, foundations, doors, and windows. Drawings will be done to different scales. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to interpret and understand all architectural symbols. Various types of framing will be examined. The student will be expected to develop floor plans, make changes/renovations subsequent to individual needs.

608S GRAPHICS - EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR 5 PER/WK

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is similar to 610 below; however, topics will be covered in less depth due to course length. The beginning student will be provided with an opportunity to learn various skills of the graphics arts industry. Using problem-solving approach to working on projects, students will develop skills by designing, composing, assembling, and finishing printed materials utilizing conventional reproduction techniques. Projects will involve computer-generated typography, design principles, binding, digital copying, and digital photo reproduction.

609S GRAPHICS-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR 5 PER/WK

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This more extensive course requires students to do special projects and maintain a grade of B or better. The course is similar to 610 below, however topics will be covered in less depth due to course length. The beginning student will be provided with an opportunity to learn various skills of the graphics arts industry. Using problem-solving approach to working on projects, students will develop skills by designing, composing, assembling, and finishing printed materials utilizing conventional reproduction techniques. Projects will involve computer-generated typography, design principles, binding, digital copying, and digital photo reproduction.

610 GRAPHIC ARTS TECHNOLOGY 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W1, 2, 5, 6, 9, 14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3,4

This course provides the beginning student with an opportunity to learn various skills of the graphics arts industry. Using a problem solving approach to working on projects, the student will develop skills by designing, composing, assembling, and finishing printed materials utilizing conventional reproduction techniques. Projects will involve computer-generated typography, digital transfer imaging on fabrics, binding, digital copying, and digital photo reproduction.

611 GRAPHIC ARTS TECHNOLOGY 2-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: GRAPHIC ARTS 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course provides the second year student with opportunities to expand graphic art experiences that will include advanced computer generated imaging and layout. Emphasis will be placed on the development of ideas, the manipulation of typography and image, design concepts and visual problem solving as well as graphic design principles.

612 GRAPHIC ARTS TECHNOLOGY 3-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: GRAPHIC ARTS 2

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

The primary emphasis for the third year student is upon advanced work in graphic arts which will include publication, desktop publishing, layout/design, digital duplication, color printing, and further printing which will provide the student with a realistic feel for work being done in the industry.

613 GRAPHIC ARTS TECHNOLOGY AIDE-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: GRAPHIC ARTS 2 AND TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course will enable the qualified senior student to gain additional graphic arts experience by serving as a project foreman on Cranston School Department projects and advanced assignments, which will help hone their leadership and technical skills.

614S PHOTOGRAPHY 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 – 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1, 3-6

R 1, 2, 14, W 1,2,4,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2c, A4a, b, c, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is designed for those students with no previous experience in Photography. They will learn basic skills in taking black and white photographs, negative development, the print process, and many special dark room procedures. They will be introduced to composition in the craft sense and will learn to control elements and techniques that aid in communicating ideas. Vision and growth are the goals of this course. It is mandatory that students have continual access to a SLR variable focus 35mm camera.

615S PHOTOGRAPHY 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 – 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This more extensive course requires students to do special projects and maintain a grade of B or better. The course is designed for those students with no previous experience in Photography. They will learn basic skills in taking black and white photographs, negative development, the print process, and many special dark room procedures. They will be introduced to composition in the craft sense and will learn to control elements and techniques that aid in communicating ideas. Vision and growth are the goals of this course. It is mandatory that students have continual access to a SLR variable focus 35mm camera.

615SI PHOTOGRAPHY ASSISTANT-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

By invitation of the instructor, based on the student's aptitude, attitude, and level of achievement in Photography 1, the participant will have the opportunity to learn advanced photo techniques. The program will give students practical skills in photo and darkroom operations while assisting Photo 1 students in photographic procedures.

617 WEBSITE DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT

LENGTH OF COURE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: ADVANCED ONLINE COMMUNICATIONS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A2a, b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c, d, e, A5a, c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is designed to give students instruction in all phases of website design, website development and website maintenance. Students will become proficient in the use of popular web design software tools. Each student will be responsible for the development, testing and maintenance of an original website. Additionally, students will gain website maintenance and design experience by maintaining the Cranston High School East website.

618S INTRO TO ON LINE COMMUNICATIONS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A2a, b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c, d, e, A5a, c,

1, 2, 3, 4

This course challenges the first year student. It is designed to give the first year student a comprehensive understanding of the world of telecommunications by using the Personal Computer on a local area network to connect to the Internet. The student will interact with other PC users and use the computer as a tool for gathering research in an educational environment. Students will communicate with other users by E-mail (electronic mail) and in addition, will become familiar with reading, understanding and navigating their way through the Internet. On a local level, students will be able to interact with other users in the Cranston School system and in turn, establish a better link between high school and the various feeder schools. Perhaps one of the biggest advantages of this program is the ability to access the Internet and take advantage of the multicultural diversity this program offers. The Internet offers the user the opportunity to access information on hundreds of topics involving many disciplines and subject areas.

This unique and diverse program offers a wealth of information to many subject areas including Social Studies, English, Science, Foreign Languages, Technology and Mathematics. Students will be required to maintain a B average and complete project assignments.

619S INTRO TO ON LINE COMMUNICATIONS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A2a, b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c, d, e, A5a, c

1, 2, 3, 4

The course is designed to give the first year student a comprehensive understanding of the world of telecommunications by using the Personal Computer on a local area network to connect to the Internet. The student will interact with other PC users and use the computer as a tool for gathering research in an educational environment. Students will communicate with other users by E-mail (electronic mail) and in addition, will become familiar with reading, understanding and navigating their way through the Internet. On a local level, students will be able to interact with other users in the Cranston School system and in turn, establish a better link between high school and the various feeder schools. Perhaps one of the biggest advantages of this program is the ability to access the Internet and take advantage of the multicultural diversity this program offers. The Internet offers the user the opportunity to access information on hundreds of topics involving many disciplines and subject areas. This unique and diverse program offers a wealth of information to many subject areas including Social Studies, English, Science, Foreign Languages, Technology and Mathematics.

619A ADVANCED ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: INTRO TO ON LINE COMMUNICATIONS LAW OR INTRO TO ON LINE COMMUNICATIONS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A2a, b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c, d, e, A5a, c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is designed to give the advanced student an understanding of methods and skills needed to navigate and search Hyper-text Home Pages on the World Wide Web. Students will design and create home pages and use the WWW to publish electronic information papers using Graphic User Interface software such as Mosaic or Netscape.

620 DESKTOP PUBLISHING

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course was designed for students who would like to gain the skills needed to do Desktop Publishing. At the same time, students will use Word Processing and Graphic Illustration software to complete their projects. After students learn the basics of the software programs they will be able to produce limited runs of minor publications, fliers and printed graphic images.

621S DESKTOP PUBLISHING

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course was designed for the motivated students who will be involved in the Journalism class or be a member of the school newspaper. They must maintain a B average or better. Students will be able to publish their work using computer aided Desktop Publishing. At the same time, students are encouraged to increase their creative skills through the use of a capable word processor and several excellent drawing programs. After students learn how to use the above programs and gain some knowledge in producing minor publications, they are required to produce a seven to ten page newsletter.

622S DESKTOP PUBLISHING-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course was designed for students who will be involved in the Journalism class or be a member of the school newspaper. Students will be able to publish their work using computer aided Desktop Publishing. At the same time, students are encouraged to increase their creative skills through the use of a capable word processor and several excellent drawing programs. After students learn how to use the above programs and gain some knowledge in producing minor publications, they are required to produce a seven to ten page newsletter.

623 DESKTOP PUBLISHING 2-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: DESKTOP PUBLISHING 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course was designed to further enrich students’ knowledge in Desktop Publishing skills. Students will be encouraged to work on many different publications used in industry. All students, especially those with writing and/or artistic skills, should enjoy this offering at Cranston East.

624 DESKTOP PUBLISHING ASSISTANT-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: DESKTOP PUBLISHING 2 OR PERMISSION OF INSTRUCTOR

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

In this course students should be able to develop any kind of publication either working on their own or working within a group, as both types of assignments will be encouraged. This course was created to satisfy the needs of students who wish to be challenged with more creative assignments in Desktop Publishing. Assignments will take into account the abilities, talents, and past experience of students and will be jointly planned by both the students and their instructor whenever possible.

626 COMPUTER TECH INTERNSHIP-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: RECOMMENDATION OF THE INSTRUCTOR

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-7, W 1,2,5,6,9,14 OC1, OC2

A1a, A2b, c, A3a, b, A4a, b, c A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

By invitation of the instructor based upon the student’s aptitude, attitude, and achievement in computer courses. The participant will have the opportunity to learn advanced troubleshooting and web page skills. The program will give students practical skills in repair, maintenance, and networking procedures.

627A BASIC CAD FOR ENGINEERING DESIGN PART A

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, OC2

A1a,A1b,A2c,A3a,A4b,A5c

1,2,3,4

This course will teach the practical application of a variety of engineering concepts which will include: problem solving, manufacturing processes, engineering codes and standards, geometric dimensions and tolerances, as well as an understanding of how to specify materials for your design. Solid Works will be the software program incorporated in the design process. With the literal explosion in innovation seen as technology, an understanding of the process of moving from idea to produce is essential. Solid Works incorporates technical drafting and introduces the student to elements of communication not touched upon in other parallel courses. This course will introduce and develop the concepts of planning your work to expedite your plan. Within each segment, the student will be guided through instruction, demonstration, hands-on activities, and problem solving techniques. Technology will be experienced not just seen.

627B BASIC CAD FOR ENGINEERING DESIGN PART B

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, OC2

A1a,A1b,A2c,A3a,A4b,A5c

1,2,3,4

This course is a continuation of Part A and will stress using Solid Works in the design process. The practical application of a variety of engineering concepts such as problem solving in the manufacturing process, using engineering codes, standards, geometric dimensions and tolerances. Student designs will specify materials with a rationale for their use. The understanding of the process of moving from idea to product is essential. Solid Works incorporates technical drafting and introduces the student to elements of communication not touched upon in other parallel courses. This course will continue to the introduction and development of the concepts of planning your work to expedite your plan. Within each segment of the class, student will be guided through instruction, demonstration, hands-on activities, and problem solving techniques. Technology will be experienced not just seen.

628 INTRODUCTIONS TO MANUFACTURING -WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

GSE’S ADDRESSED: R2-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This is an exciting class for students who want to learn more about the Manufacturing industry. The vast array of systems and technologies available in today’s manufacturing enterprise are surveyed. The students gain an appreciation of range and depth of application possibilities. This course is designed to prepare young adults to go into the world of work, to improve their understanding of manufacturing systems, time management, communication skills, and problem solving.

629A ANIMATION Part A-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1,2,3,4

This course will provide students with a solid understanding of Light Wave Software. Light Wave is the industry standard for animation and special effects. Light Wave has been used for movies (Jurassic Park Titanic, Star Trek, and ABC, ESPN special effects. This will be a challenging course that will provide students with some marketable skills. It is a course that can stand alone but, when combined with our video production course, it will provide awesome potential for PowerPoint enhancement, portfolio exhibits, and video production.

629B ANIMATION Part B-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: 629A Animation Part A

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R2-8, OC1, OC2

A1a, A1b, A2c, A3a, A4b, A5c

1,2,3,4

This course will continue the study of animation with a solid understanding of Light Wave Software. Light Wave is the industry standard for animation and special effects. Light Wave has been used for movies (Jurassic Park Titanic, Star Trek, and ABC,ESPN special effects . This will be a challenging course that will provide students with some marketable skills. It is a course that can stand alone but, when combined with our video production course, it will provide awesome potential for PowerPoint enhancement, portfolio exhibits, and video production.

630 BASIC WOODWORKING - PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c A5a, c

1, 2, 3, 4

The major thrust of basic woodworking is placed on the development of the basic psychomotor skills, knowledge, attitudes, and good work habits, which are essential for success in today’s complex industrial society. Students will be introduced to the proper use of all types of hand and power tools as well as to woodworking machinery. They will be required to select, draw, fabricate, assemble, and complete a project of their choice. The skills, knowledge, and attitudes they gain from the course will be of value in preparing them to make sound educational decisions that will ultimately be of benefit in the career development process. Safety and technique are of paramount importance because of the potential for injury. No student will be permitted access to any machinery until the instructor is certain that the student is totally familiar with it.

631 ADVANCED WOODWORKING-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BASIC WOODWORKING

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1-8, OC1, AND OC2

A1a, A1b, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c A5a, c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course provides a continuation of basic woodworking with emphasis on developing additional skills in the use of woodworking machinery, including the radial arm saw, router, and motorized miter box. Students will be required to complete a major project of their own choice. They will also continue to develop cabinet-making skills while gaining additional knowledge to explore woodworking career areas.

632 WOOD LAB ASSISTANT-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

633M INTRODUCTIONS TO WOODWORKING-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3 TIMES/CYCLE)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

This course introduces a variety of woodworking skills. Particular attention is given to Project Design and Development. Individual project work and group projects are incorporated to develop basic production skills using hand and power tools. Special emphasis is placed on proper safety procedures. This course may be used as a prerequisite for Advanced Woodworking, (#631), with permission of instructor.

633S INTRODUCTION TO WOODWORKING-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

636 VIDEO PRODUCTION 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards	GSE’s	Applied Standards	School-Wide Expectations
C1-4, P1-6	R2-8, OC1, OC2	A1a,A1b,A2c,A3a,A4b,A5c	1,2,3,4

Video Production 1 is a one-year course designed to introduce students to the implications and use of video production technology. This course will focus on the use of cameras and related equipment to produce live and scripted video and to solve technical problems associated with the production process. Through the use of our studio and its equipment, we will develop skills involved in the various roles associated with a video production studio. We will also be involved in maintaining the proper and continuous broadcasting of video on the local education channel via cable. The editing process will incorporate many current techniques employed in the industry in both digital and linear mode. The emphasis is on technical skills and the various employability skills associated with such an interactive production atmosphere.

638 MECHATRONICS

638M MECHATRONICS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

This introductory course uses the problem solving approach to teach the principles of robotics. Using kits to design robotic systems to address specific challenges. The students will engineer devices or vehicles and write computer programs to control the devices to meet the challenges. Writing lab reports, keeping journals and applied math and principals of general physics are essential parts of this course.

640 AUTO MECHANICS 1-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: JUNIOR OR SOPHOMORE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

This course introduces the beginning student to basic automotive systems and repair skills. The student receives hands-on and classroom instruction to develop skills in ten separate automotive systems including brakes, engines, electrical systems, lubrication, fuel systems, charging systems, ignition, transmissions, tires, and cooling systems. Emphasis is placed upon proper safety procedures to develop confidence, creativity, and problem-solving ability. Preference will be given to juniors, sophomores will receive second reference, and seniors will be considered on a space available basis.

641 AUTO MECHANICS 2-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: AUTO MECHANICS 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

This course provides the qualified student with instruction and hands-on experience in the servicing of basic automotive systems on late model automobiles. Supplemented with classroom instruction, the emphasis is placed on developing skills in service, repair, and troubleshooting. This class meets twice per week, each class for a double period.

642 AUTO MECHANICS 3-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: RECOMMENDATION OF THE INSTRUCTOR

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

Taken separately or concurrently with Auto Mechanics 2, and by invitation of the instructors, based upon the student’s aptitude, attitude, and achievement in Auto Mechanics 2. The student will have the opportunity to learn advanced trouble-shooting skills on late model vehicles to include Electronic Fuel Injection, Ignition Systems, and Front End Alignment. The program will give career-oriented students practical skills needed to diagnose and repair problems existing in complex automotive systems.

643 AUTO LAB ASSISTANT-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: RECOMMENDATION OF THE INSTRUCTOR

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

Taken concurrently with Auto Mechanics 2 and by invitation of the instructors, based upon the student’s aptitude, attitude, and achievement in Auto Mechanics 1. The student will have the opportunity to function as a shop foreman working with small groups of Auto Mechanics 1 students. Additional technical skills, cost estimating, and awareness of the auto mechanics field will prepare the student for entry-level employment.

650W CABINET MAKING-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is designed to interface with the career and technical center’s construction program. It is offered on a week about schedule where juniors and seniors will have classes on alternate weeks. The program will give career-oriented students some practical skills in finish carpentry and cabinet making procedures.

651W ADVANCED CABINET MAKING-WEST WEEK ABOUT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (EVERY OTHER WEEK)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is designed to interface with the vocational building and Construction program. It is offered on a week about schedule where juniors and seniors will have classes on alternate weeks. The program will give career-oriented students some practical skills in finish carpentry and cabinet making procedures.

660W BLUEPRINT READING-WEST WEEK ABOUT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (EVERY OTHER WEEK)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is designed to give students in the vocational building and Construction programs some practical experience in reading and interpreting blueprints and architectural drawing. It is offered on a week about schedule for juniors and seniors.

661W ADVANCED BLUEPRINT READING –WEST WEEK ABOUT

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

C1-4

P1-6

R1, 2,7,15,OC1, OC2 W1, 2,14

A1, A2, A4, A5

1, 2, 3, 4

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

050 THEATER PRODUCTION/COSTUME DESIGN-EAST

Course description is in the English Department’s course offerings.

700 INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY/CONSUMER SCIENCES

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-10

PREREQUISITE: NONE

700M INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY/CONSUMER SCIENCES-WEST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3X/WEEK)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9-10

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0, 11.0

E1a, E1c, E2a, E3a, E3b, E3c, E4a, M1a, M6a, S2b, S4c

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a, A1c, A2a A3a,b,c, A5a

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

This introductory program is designed to focus on the interrelationships among individuals, families, work and community. The aim of this program is for students to develop basic life management skills and explore various course and career options. This is a hands-on exploratory course involving mini units, projects, guest speakers, and career days. Concentration will be on community service. The areas of study will include Personal & Child Development, Wellness, Nutrition, and Food Preparation; Housing & Interior Design; Clothing, Textiles, and Retailing; Textile Art & Crafts; and resource Management.

701 CHILDHOOD EDUCATION I

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0

E1a, E1c, E2a, E3b, E3c,E3d, E4a, M1a, M6g, S2c,f

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a, A1c, A2a,c, A3a,b

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

This course will include child development and parenting responsibilities from conception through the childhood stages. Physical, emotional, intellectual, and social characteristics of children at different ages levels will be studied. Human development is based on generally defined stages of growth that are observable in all children and can be encouraged by love, care, and proper role models.

703 CHILDHOOD EDUCATION II-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: CHILD DEVELOPMENT 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0 6.0

E1a, E1c, E2a, E3b, E3a,c, E4a, M1a, M6g, S2c,f

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, Oc1.2, Oc1.4, Oc2

A1a, A1c, A2a,c, A3a,b

1, 2, 3 ,4, 5

This course is designed to help the student to learn how to meet the needs of the child from before birth to age five. Students also develop an understanding of parenthood, infant care, and child care. The students learn the various growth and developmental patterns of the young child as well as how to meet and handle everyday emergencies. A play school is also a part of this program.

705EE WORKING WITH CHILDREN (EARLY ENROLLMENT)

705 WORKING WITH CHILDREN

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (EXTRA CLASS PERIOD WEEKLY)

CREDIT: 1.25 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 12

PREREQUISITE: CHILD DEV. II OR PERMISSION OF INSTRUCTOR

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0

E1a, E1c, E2a, E3b, E3a,c, E4a, M1a, M6g, S2c,f

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, Oc1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a, A1c, A2a,c, A3a,b

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

This course is designed to prepare students who are interested in pursuing a career working with or teaching children. The course concentrates on the early develop-mental stages of children and understanding what they need in order to learn. Students will gain valuable work experience in the teaching environment by participating in field placement in local early childhood facilities and schools. It may be possible for a student to have the option of earning college credit through the early enrollment program at the University of Rhode Island.

707S CONSUMER EDUCATION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

6.0, 10.0, 11.0

E1a,c, E2a, E3a, E4a, M1a

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a,b,c, A2a, A3a,b

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

This course is designed to help the student develop basic competencies as consumers of both goods and services. The emphasis is on how to use limited financial resources to achieve personal goals. The student learns how to manage money and to make wise selections with regard to food, clothing, and shelter. Banking techniques are discussed in conjunction with budgeting practices. The student also learns how to use consumer laws to their advantage and how to be a well informed consumer knowing his/her rights and responsibilities.

708S FAMILY HEALTH/HOME NURSING CARE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0 , 2.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0

E1a,c, E2a, E3b, E3c, E4a, M1a, M6a, M6g, S2b,f

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a,c, A2a,c, A3a,b

1, 2, 4, 5

This course provides the opportunity to learn the fundamental elements of Family Health and be able to utilize this knowledge in a variety of situations including personal care, routine safety prevention, and simple first aid techniques for the household emergencies.

709 INTERIOR DESIGN, HOUSING/REAL ESTATE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

8.0, 9.0

E1a,c E3b,c,d, E4a, M1a,c,d, M6a

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, Oc1.4, OC2

A1a,c, A3a,b,c, A5c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is designed to discuss the multiple factors in providing housing for the individual or the family. The students learn how to identify architectural styles of homes, read floor plans, and understand the criteria for judging a well organized floor plan. The student also studies the principles and elements of art to create attractive rooms. The guidelines for good furniture arrangement are discussed. The student will develop a floor plan and color scheme to practice the techniques and knowledge learned to reflect his/her own personality.

712 FOODS AND NUTRITION 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 3.0, 6.0, 7.0

E1a, c, E2a, E3a, E4a,b, M1a, S4c, S6a, E3a, M6g,

R2-8, R11-15, W1-3, W6, W7, W9, W14, OC1, OC2

A3a; A2a,c

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

This course is designed to assist the students in planning and preparing nutritious meals which will meet the new Basic Five Food Group requirements and be served attractively. Basic terms and skills will be learned and practiced to accomplish this goal. Special attention will be given to safety practices, comparison-shopping, and label information.

713 FOODS AND NUTRITION 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: FOODS AND NUTRITION I

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 3.0, 6.0, 7,0

E1a, E1c, E2a, E3a, M1a

R2-8, R11-15, W1, W2, W9, W10, OC1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC1.5, OC2.1-2.6

A3a, A3b

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

This course will allow the students to expand his/her knowledge acquired during FOODS and NUTRITION I. More advanced terminology and skills are demonstrated and practiced. Emphasis is placed on the creativity and resourcefulness (time, money, equipment, and skill) of the food planner and preparer to meet the family needs. An entertainment unit and a foreign foods unit are included.

714 FOODS AND NUTRITION 3

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: FOODS AND NUTRITION II

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 3.0, 6.0, 7.0

E1a, E1c, E2a, E3a, M1a

R2-8, R11-15, W1, W2, W9, W10, OC1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC1.5, OC2.1, OC2.6

A3a, A3b

1, 2, 4, 5

This course is designed for students who wish to further their knowledge and skills in the area of FOODS and NUTRITION. Emphasis is given to restaurant management and career opportunities.

715 FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCE AIDE-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 – 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

This course is by invitation of the instructor and based on the student’s aptitude, attitude and level of achievement in previously taken Family and Consumer Sciences courses. The participant will have the opportunity to integrate critical thinking, decision-making and communications skills while assisting other students in the Family and Consumer Sciences Program. Students will also be able to further develop and apply knowledge in Personal Development and Childhood Education; Wellness; Nutrition and Food Preparation; Housing and Interior Design; and Textiles.

716 FASHION MERCHANDISING/CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

3.0, 8.0, 10.0

E1a, c, E2a, E3a, E4a, M1a, M6g, S6a,

R2, R3, R4, R7,R8, R11, R15, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a,c, A2c, A4a,b,c

1 ,2 3, 4

This course will allow students to explore the field of fashion, clothing construction, and merchandizing. The course is designed to introduce students to the basic elements of garment construction based on line, color, and style. This is a hands-on course and students will master the use of the sewing machine and basic hand sewing. Four projects of choice will be required. Wardrobe planning, garment construction, fashion design, marketing, management and careers in retailing will be explored.

717 FASHION MERCHANDISING/CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 2-EAST

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

3.0, 8.0, 10.0

E1a,c, E2a, E4a, M1a, M6g, S6a

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1,4, OC2

A1a,c, A2c, A4a,b,c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course will allow students to expand his/her knowledge and skills acquired in FM/Clothing 1. The course will involve an in-depth study of the fashion industry, retailing, and marketing of ready to wear clothing, as well as the construction of hand made garments. Students will be encouraged to design their own patterns to reflect their own needs and interest. Work experience in the retailing field will be encouraged.

718S TEXTILE ARTS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: None

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

3.0, 8.0, 10.0

E1a, c , E2a, E4a, M1a, M6g, S6a

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a,c, A2c, A4a,b,c

1, 2, 3, 4

This course introduces students to a variety of Textile Arts. Using art elements and principles, students are encouraged to use individuality while producing needle arts and projects. All design ideas are strictly creative or of historical significance and are executed according to student potential. Students will furnish all necessary materials.

719S MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 10.0, 11.0

E1a,c, E2a, E3a, E4a, M1a,

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A1a,c, A2a, A3a,b

1, 2, 4

This course is designed to develop an understanding of the interpersonal relationships between oneself and the people that surround us. Topics include personal development, communication, dating relationships, marriage and family issues, and positive parenting. This course will develop decision-making and problem solving skills.

721 INTRODUCTION TO THE REAL WORLD

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NOT OPEN TO STUDENTS WHO HAVE SUCESSFULLY COMPLETED LIFE 101 – THE REAL WORLD

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0, 11.0

E1a,c, S2b

R2-8, R14, R15, W1, W2, W4, W9, OC1, OC2

A,1, A2, A3a,b, A5,

1, 2, 4, 5

This course is designed to help the student adjust to “living on their own” and the transition from school to the “world of work.” This course will focus on topics of understanding one’s self, family, the relationship of marriage, and parenting; healthy living; adult responsibilities; the purchasing and repair of cars; banking and money management; an opportunity to explore careers and develop skills to successfully obtain and maintain employment. This course will aid enhancing skills in decision-making, planning, and communication. Students will be engaged in hands-on projects, field trips, and guest speakers and community service work. This course gives the type of knowledge needed by everyone for everyday living.

730S FOOD ART (PART 1 WEST)

731S FOOD ART (PART 2 WEST)

LENGTH OF COURSE: HALF YEAR

CREDIT: ONE-HALF CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT IN THE CULINARY ARTS PROGRAM

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

6.0, 7.0

E1a,c, E2a, E3a, E4a, M1a, S4c, S6a

R2, R3, R4, R7, R8, R11, W1, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

A2a,c A5a, A3b

1, 2, 3, 4

This course is a requirement for Culinary Arts students in their junior and senior years. The students will study elements of design in relation to plating techniques. In their junior year, students will take the National Food Safety Certification course; while in their senior year, practical skills in food preparation and presentation for all menu categories will be developed in order to produce a variety of food products. Students will be responsible for class projects, presentations, and portfolios.

732S LIFE 101 – PATHWAY TO THE FUTURE (SEMESTER)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE HALF YEAR

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

732M LIFE 101-PATHWAY TO THE FUTURE

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR (3 X PER WEEK)

CREDIT: .5 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11-12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 11

R4.2, R4.3, R7, R8, R15, W1-1.4, W9, OC1.1, OC1.2, OC1.4, OC2

1, 2, 4, 5

This course provides students with communication and networking skills necessary to succeed in life. Using highly interactive activities, the students strategize ways of acquiring necessary skills, training, education and work experience to achieve future goals. Students will acquire the skills to investigate the world of work in relation to knowledge of self and to make informed career decisions. The course will help students with decision making, problem solving and communication skills. Students will learn about occupations, career choices, money management and the skills to live independently.

BACK TO COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES

ART

800 FOUNDATIONS IN ART-HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, M5a, M7a, M8c, S6d, S8d

W3, W6, W7, W14, R1, R2, R3

A1a, A1b, A1c, A2a, A2b,

A3a, A4a, b, c A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This is an entry-level course for students wishing to pursue further studies in the Visual Arts. This course is designed to provide an overview of the Visual Arts while allowing students to develop an experience with a broad variety of art media, materials and tools. With an emphasis on studio production, the students will explore and develop skills in drawing, painting, graphic design, printmaking, architectural/environmental design and sculpture. This course, emphasizing art production, is designed to develop higher-level thinking, art-related technology skills, art appreciation, art criticism, and aesthetics. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion, students will have proficient knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, assess, and relate art to their everyday lives. This course of study is proving valuable to all students applying to major colleges as part of a well-rounded education. The Foundations in Art course is a prerequisite for Advanced Art 1, Advanced Art 2, and Studio Art.

Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will work towards contributing proficient artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

801 FOUNDATIONS IN ART

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, M5a, M7a, M8c, S6d, S8d

W3, W6, W7, W14, R1, R2, R3

A1a,A1b,A1c,A2a,A2b,

A3a, A4a,b,c A5a,c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course is intended for academically and creatively motivated students who are seriously interested in pursuing further studies in the visual arts. This is an entry-level course for the High School Visual Arts curriculum and is designed to provide an overview of the Visual Arts while allowing students to apply a broad variety of art media, materials and techniques. With an emphasis on studio production, the students will explore in depth, drawing, painting, graphic design, printmaking, architectural/environmental design and sculpture. This course is designed to develop higher-level thinking, art-related technology skills, art appreciation, art criticism, and aesthetics. Additionally, there is a greater emphasis on research, art history, and independent study. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion of this course, students will have proficient knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, assess, and relate art to their everyday lives. This course of study is proving valuable to all students applying to major colleges as part of a well-rounded education. The Foundation in Art Honors course is a prerequisite for Advanced Art 1, Advanced Art 2, and Studio Art.

802 ART AND DESIGN APPLICATION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 – 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1

W3, W6, W7,

R1, R2, R3

A1a, A1c, A2a, A2b, A3a, A4a, b, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

Art and Design Application is a basic art course, providing students with a general experience in design arts. This course provides an overview and introduction to two and three-dimensional design, fine crafts, a variety of media and cultures. With an emphasis on studio production, this course is designed to develop higher-level thinking, art-related technology skills, art appreciation, art criticism, and aesthetics. Upon successful completion of this course, students will gain proficient knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, and assess multicultural and applied arts. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required for this course. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will work towards contributing proficient artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

803S BASIC ART AND DESIGN

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR (ONE SEMESTER)

CREDIT: .5 UNITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1, OC2

W3, W14,

R1, R2, R3

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c,

A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

Basic Art and Design is an exploratory art course, which provides students with an exposure to the design arts. This course explores a variety of media in two and three-dimensional design, fine crafts, their media and the cultures they represent. With an emphasis on studio production, this course is designed to promote higher-level thinking, art related technology skills, art appreciation, art criticism, and aesthetics. Upon successful completion of this course, students will gain general knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, and assess multicultural and applied arts. The use of a sketchbook is required for this course.

Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will work towards contributing a proficient artifact and reflection to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

812S BASIC SCULPTURE & CERAMICS (THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE-HALF YEAR (ONE SEMESTER)

CREDIT: .5 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: BASIC ART AND DESIGN OR ART AND DESIGN APPLICATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3, M (G &M) –12-10

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course provides students with an exploratory experience in three-dimensional design. Students will be introduced to a variety of techniques in both clay and mixed media. Vocabularies, tools and concepts associated with the various media will also be examined. Upon successful completion of this course, students will gain a general knowledge of creating, appreciating, assessing, and valuing three-dimensional art. The use of a sketchbook is required for this course. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will work towards contributing a proficient artifact and reflection to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

813 SCULPTURE & CERAMICS (THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10- 12

PREREQUISITE: ART AND DESIGN APPLICATION or FOUNDATIONS IN ART

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1

W3, W14, W6, W7, R1, R2, R3, MG & M –12-10

A1a, A1c, A2a, A2b,

A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course is a basic three-dimensional art course, providing students with basic concepts, skills, and vocabularies used to create three-dimensional works of art. Students will be introduced to a variety of techniques in both clay and mixed media including cardboard or paper, paper mache`, wire or metal, as well as found objects. The various vocabularies, tools and concepts associated with the various media will also be examined. Students will learn about the relationships among three-dimensional art forms and between their own art production and that of others. They will learn about the historical and cultural contexts of art and it’s relationships to contemporary life. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion of this course, the student will gain a general knowledge of creating, appreciating, assessing, and valuing three-dimensional art.

Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will contribute proficient artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

814 SCULPTURE & CERAMICS (THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN) - HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10-12

PREREQUISITE: ART AND DESIGN APPLICATION OR FOUNDATIONS IN ART

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1, OC2

W3, W6, W7, W14, W6, W7, R1, R2, R3, MG & M-12-10

A1a, A1c, A2a, A2b, A3a,

A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course provides students with an introduction to the basic concepts, skills, and vocabularies used to create three-dimensional works of art. Students will be introduced to a variety of techniques in both clay and mixed media including cardboard or paper, paper mache`, wire or metal, as well as found objects. This course provides instruction and experience in design and drawing as a three-dimensional plan, additive and subtractive sculpture, ceramics, environmental design, as well as fine crafts, their media, and the cultures they represent. With an emphasis on studio production, this course is designed to develop higher-level thinking, art-related technology skill, art criticism, art history, and aesthetics. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion of this course students will have proficient knowledge and skills to create, appreciate and assess three-dimensional art. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will contribute proficient artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

816 ADVANCED SCULPTURE AND CERAMICS (THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN) HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: .................................................................. ONE YEAR

CREDIT: ............................................................................................ 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: .................................................................. 10 – 12

PREREQUISITES: ............................................................................. SCULPTURE & CERAMICS (THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN) 813 or 812 HONORS, WITH AT LEAST A B GRADE AND TEACHER RECOMMENDATION.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d

W3, W6, W7, W9, W14, R1, R2, R3, M (G&M)- 12-10

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

Advanced Sculpture and Ceramics is a course offered to those students who, upon recommendation from his/her teacher from the previous introductory course in Ceramics and Sculpture, wish to pursue further study of the subject. Students will work with a variety of 3-D art media to create increasingly sophisticated works of art. They will understand the relationships among three-dimensional art forms and between their own art production and that of others. They will be able to relate understanding about the historical and cultural contexts of art to situations in contemporary life. Students will demonstrate proficient to advanced proficiency in creating, appreciating, assessing, and relating three-dimensional art to everyday life. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion of this course, the student should demonstrate proficient to advanced proficiency in solving three-dimensional problems with creative insight, reason, and technical skill. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will contribute proficient to advanced artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

817 ADVANCED SCULPTURE AND CERAMICS (THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN)

LENGTH OF COURSE: .................................................................. ONE YEAR

CREDIT: ............................................................................................ 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: .................................................................. 10 – 12

PREREQUISITES: ............................................................................. SCULPTURE & CERAMICS (THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN) 813 or 812, HONORS, WITH AT LEAST A B GRADE AND TEACHER RECOMMENDATION.

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course is intended for academically and creatively motivated students who are seriously interested in pursuing further studies in three –dimensional design and have received a recommendation from his/her teacher from the previous introductory course in Ceramics and Sculpture. Students will demonstrate proficient to advanced proficiency in creating, appreciating, assessing, and relating three-dimensional art to everyday life. Students will work independently and confidently with a variety of 3-D art media to create increasingly sophisticated works of art, while establishing a personal voice. Students will understand, synthesize, and use with confidence sensory, formal, expressive and technical properties. They will analyze the relationships among three-dimensional art forms and between their own art production and that of others. They will be able to relate understanding about the historical and cultural contexts of art to situations in contemporary life. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion of this course, the student should demonstrate proficient to advanced proficiency in solving three-dimensional problems with creative insight, reason, and technical skill.

Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will contribute proficient to advanced artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

822S FINE ARTS APPRECIATION

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 UNITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 9 - 12

PREREQUISITE: NONE

Content Standards

Gee’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1, OC2

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course is designed for Non-Art Majors and introduces students to the world of Visual Arts through an exploration of its most important historical periods, artists, masterworks and the cultures surrounding them. The processes by which art is created, a vocabulary to discuss and write art and the media used to make art will be presented in this class. Students will be encouraged to formulate ideas, draw aesthetic conclusions and develop a basic understanding of the importance of art in their lives, community and the world. Some studio experiences may be included to enhance the understanding of the creative process. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required.

Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to formulate individual ideas and conclusions about the sources, development and purposes of art through history, heritage, and culture. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will work towards contributing a proficient artifact and reflection to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

826 ADVANCED ART 1 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: FOUNDATIONS IN ART

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1, OC2

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3, M (G&M)-12-10

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

The Advanced Art 1 Honors level is intended for the academically and creatively motivated student and is designed to provide further development in the visual arts and continued opportunities to experience a broad variety of art media, materials, tools and techniques. Students will understand, synthesize and use with confidence the elements and principles of design to create increasingly sophisticated works of art. Students will build upon and refine their prior knowledge to further explore compositional arrangements, color theory, drawing, painting, design and sculptural skills and incorporate art related technology. They will develop a sophisticated and mature level of problem solving, critical thinking and decision- making skills. Students will continue to gain an appreciation for art and artists from other cultures both past and present. This course, emphasizing art production will continue to engage students in art appreciation, art criticism, and aesthetics. In addition to studio work, galleries, museums, and/or artists' studios will be utilized as an extension of the classroom. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion, students will have proficient knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, assess, and relate art to their everyday lives. This continued art study is proving valuable to all students applying to colleges as part of a well-rounded education. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will contribute proficient to advanced artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio. Advanced Art I is a prerequisite for Advanced Art 2, and Studio Art.

828 ADVANCED ART 1

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10 - 12

PREREQUISITE: FOUNDATIONS IN ART - HONORS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d, OC1, OC2

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3, M (G&M)-12-10

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This sequential course is designed to provide further development in the visual arts and continues to provide opportunities to experience a broad variety of art media, materials, tools, and techniques. The elements of art and principles of design are reviewed and the concepts of color theory and the skills of, drawing, painting, graphics, printmaking, and three-dimensional design are developed in depth. Students will also have the opportunity to explore additional art medias and incorporate art-related technology. Students will develop a sophisticated and mature level of problem solving, critical thinking, and decision-making skills while exploring their own ideas and beginning to establishing a personal voice. They will learn to recognize the connections of the visuals arts to other disciplines while drawing upon and incorporating that knowledge to create works of art. They will continue to gain an appreciation for art and artists from other cultures both past and present and relate the historical and cultural contexts of art to contemporary life. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Upon successful completion, the student should be able to solve creative problems with insight, reason, and technical proficiency and have proficient knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, assess, and relate art to their everyday lives. Advanced Art I course is a prerequisite for Advanced Art 2, and Studio Art. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will work towards contributing proficient artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio.

832 ADVANCED ART 2 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 & 12

PREREQUISITE: ADVANCED ART 1 HONORS

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3, (MG)-12-10

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

Advanced Art 2 Honors level is intended for the academically and creatively motivated student. This course provides the student with an opportunity to work independently and confidently to create increasingly sophisticated works of art. Students will be challenged to demonstrate their skills with compositional arrangements, color theory, drawing, painting, design and sculpture, while, establishing a personal voice. They will further develop sophisticated and mature levels of problem solving, critical thinking and decision- making skills and strengthen their appreciation for art and artists from other cultures both past and present. Students will be introduced to possible career opportunities in the visual arts, and begin to define their goals. They will continue to work towards contributing proficient to advanced proficient artworks to a portfolio that exhibits consistent and independent performance in each benchmark of the creating and responding rubrics. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. Using artist studios, galleries, and museums as an extension of the classroom and relating art to other disciplines is also an integral part of this course. With an emphasis on studio production, this course is designed to develop higher-level thinking, art-related technology skills, art appreciation, art criticism, and aesthetics. Upon successfully completing this course, the student should demonstrate advanced knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, assess, and relate art to their everyday lives. This continued art study is proving valuable to all students applying to colleges as part of a well-rounded education. Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will contribute proficient to advanced artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio. Advanced Art 2 is a prerequisite for Studio Art.

832 ADVANCED ART 2

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 & 12

PREREQUISITE: ADVANCED ART 1

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3, M (MG) –12-10

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course is designed to provide a more in-depth overview of the Visual Arts while developing advanced proficiency with a broad variety of art media, materials, tools and techniques. Students will utilize the elements of art and principles of design to work independently and confidently to create increasingly sophisticated works of art. Students will build upon and refine their prior knowledge to further explore compositional arrangements, color theory, drawing, painting, design and sculpture, while, establishing a personal voice. In addition to studio work, galleries, museums, and/or artists' studios will be utilized as an extension of the classroom. Students will be introduced to possible career opportunities in the visual arts, and begin to define their goals. The use of a sketchbook to demonstrate a process portfolio is required. With an emphasis on studio production, this course is designed to develop higher-level thinking, art-related technology skills, art appreciation, art criticism, and aesthetics. Upon successfully completing this course, the student should demonstrate advanced knowledge and skills to create, appreciate, assess, and relate art to their everyday lives. This continued art study is proving valuable to all students applying to colleges as part of a well-rounded education

Proficiency in this course will assist students to fulfill some requirements for graduation in the Fine Arts Standard as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents. Students will contribute proficient to advanced artifacts and reflections to the CPS digital graduation portfolio. Advanced Art 2 is a prerequisite for Studio Art.

833S VISUAL ARTS IN SOCIETY (ART 201) EE (EARLY ENROLLMENT)

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE SEMESTER

CREDIT: .5 UNIT (*SEE BELOW) OR RI. COLLEGE - EARLY ENROLLMENT, 3 CREDITS

GRADE PLACEMENT: 11 - 12

PREREQUISITE: TEACHER OR COUNSELOR RECOMMENDATION

Content Standards

GSE’s

Applied Standards

School-Wide Expectations

1,2,3,4,5,6

E1c, E2b, E3c, E4a,

M1a, M2b, S6d

W3, W14, R1, R2, R3, M (MG)-12-10

A1a, A2a, A3a, A4a, b, c, A5a, c

Cranston West – 2, 3

Cranston East – 1,2,3,4

This course is an introduction to the Fine Arts and is presented through a sampling of art, architecture, sculpture and related artifacts from various historical periods. The Function and the interrelationships among the art forms are studied within the context of cultures and societies. In addition to direct observation and discussions, writing and studio work are also included as an aid to visual understanding. This course is designed for Art and Non–Art Majors and adheres to the National and Rhode Island Visual Art Standards.

Successful completion of this course fulfills the requirements for Early Enrollment college credit offered through Rhode Island College.

* Students may opt for one-half unit high school credit only without the independent work, which fulfills some requirements for graduation proficiency in the Fine Arts as required by the Rhode Island Board of Regents.

834 STUDIO ART HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

CREDIT: 1 CREDIT

GRADE PLACEMENT:

CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL EAST

PRINCIPAL

Sean T. Kelly

ASSISTANT PRINCIPALS

Cheryl M. Coogan

Robert E. Cooney

Scott D. Barr

Lynda Wagner

ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Jeannine L. Nota

CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL WEST

PRINCIPAL

Steven C. Knowlton

ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL

ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Lynne F. Burke

401-270-8049 (Main Office Cranston West)

BACK

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PHILOSOPHY OF CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL EAST

CAREER AND TECHNICAL COURSES

PHILOSOPHY OF CRANSTON HIGH SCHOOL WEST

PROFICIENCY-BASED GRADUATION

CHANGES OF PROGRAM

GRADE PLACEMENT

ACCELERATED GRADUATION

MARKING SYSTEM

ACADEMIC PROGRESS REPORTS

GRADE POINT AVERAGE

PARENT-SCHOOL CONFERENCES

Self-Contained Classes

FINANCIAL AID/SCHOLARSHIPS

RELEASE OF RECORDS

MEDICAL ISSUES

VOCATIONAL ASSISTANCE

MILITARY SERVICE

SELECTIVE SERVICE REGISTRATION

ELIGIBILITY

TRANSFER CREDITS

HONOR SOCIETIES

GRADE SPAN EXPECTATIONS

001 ENGLISH 9 HONORS

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

002 ENGLISH 9

003 ENGLISH 9

LENGTH OF COURSE: ONE YEAR

010 ENGLISH 10 HONORS

011 ENGLISH 10

GRADE PLACEMENT: 10

013 ENGLISH 10

021 ENGLISH 11

022 AMERICAN LITERATURE

023 ENGLISH 11

031 ENGLISH 12

032 BRITISH LITERATURE

033 ENGLISH 12

ELECTIVES

041 MEDIA STUDIES 1

042 MEDIA STUDIES II

043 MEDIA STUDIES III

051 INTRODUCTION TO THEATER

053 ACTING-DIRECTING 1

054 ACTING-DIRECTING 2

055S THEATER PRODUCTION 1

SET DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION

057M PUBLIC SPEAKING

061S THEATER PRODUCTION – SET DESIGN

063S THEATER PRODUCTION – SET DESIGN II

070S IMAGINATIVE/CREATIVE WRITING

086M WRITING LAB II

068 ESL SKILLS-EAST

552 BUSINESS COMPUTER APPLICATION

826 ADVANCED ART 1 HONORS

832 ADVANCED ART 2